Adding upstream version 6.6.15.upstream/6.6.15

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

1 files changed, 7450 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c707358d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/net/mac80211.h
@@ -0,0 +1,7450 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * mac80211 <-> driver interface
+ *
+ * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
+ * Copyright 2006-2007	Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
+ * Copyright 2007-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
+ * Copyright 2013-2014  Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
+ * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2023 Intel Corporation
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAC80211_H
+#define MAC80211_H
+
+#include <linux/bug.h>
+#include <linux/kernel.h>
+#include <linux/if_ether.h>
+#include <linux/skbuff.h>
+#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
+#include <linux/lockdep.h>
+#include <net/cfg80211.h>
+#include <net/codel.h>
+#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
+#include <asm/unaligned.h>
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Introduction
+ *
+ * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
+ * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
+ * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
+ * drivers.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
+ *
+ * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
+ * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
+ * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
+ * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
+ * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
+ * tasklet function.
+ *
+ * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
+ *	 use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Warning
+ *
+ * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
+ * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Frame format
+ *
+ * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
+ * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
+ * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
+ * hardware.
+ *
+ * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
+ *
+ * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
+ * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
+ *
+ * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
+ * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
+ *
+ * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
+ * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
+ * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
+ * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
+ *
+ * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
+ * suspend.
+ *
+ * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
+ *
+ * mac80211 uses an intermediate queueing implementation, designed to allow the
+ * driver to keep hardware queues short and to provide some fairness between
+ * different stations/interfaces.
+ *
+ * Drivers must provide the .wake_tx_queue driver operation by either
+ * linking it to ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue() or implementing a custom
+ * handler.
+ *
+ * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
+ * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
+ * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
+ *
+ * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
+ * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
+ *
+ * The driver can't access the internal TX queues (iTXQs) directly.
+ * Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue
+ * driver op.
+ * Drivers implementing a custom .wake_tx_queue op can get them by calling
+ * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Drivers using ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue() will
+ * simply get the individual frames pushed via the .tx driver operation.
+ *
+ * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
+ * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
+ * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
+ * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
+ * ieee80211_return_txq().
+ *
+ * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
+ * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
+ * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
+ * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
+ * .release_buffered_frames().
+ * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
+ * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
+ * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: HW timestamping
+ *
+ * Timing Measurement and Fine Timing Measurement require accurate timestamps
+ * of the action frames TX/RX and their respective acks.
+ *
+ * To report hardware timestamps for Timing Measurement or Fine Timing
+ * Measurement frame RX, the low level driver should set the SKB's hwtstamp
+ * field to the frame RX timestamp and report the ack TX timestamp in the
+ * ieee80211_rx_status struct.
+ *
+ * Similarly, To report hardware timestamps for Timing Measurement or Fine
+ * Timing Measurement frame TX, the driver should set the SKB's hwtstamp field
+ * to the frame TX timestamp and report the ack RX timestamp in the
+ * ieee80211_tx_status struct.
+ */
+struct device;
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
+ * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
+ */
+enum ieee80211_max_queues {
+	IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES =		16,
+	IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP =	BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
+};
+
+#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE	0xff
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
+ * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
+ * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
+ * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
+ * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
+ */
+enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
+	IEEE80211_AC_VO		= 0,
+	IEEE80211_AC_VI		= 1,
+	IEEE80211_AC_BE		= 2,
+	IEEE80211_AC_BK		= 3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
+ *
+ * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
+ * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
+ *
+ * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
+ * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
+ *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
+ * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
+ * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
+ * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
+ * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
+ * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
+ * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
+ */
+struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
+	u16 txop;
+	u16 cw_min;
+	u16 cw_max;
+	u8 aifs;
+	bool acm;
+	bool uapsd;
+	bool mu_edca;
+	struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
+};
+
+struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
+	unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
+	unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
+	unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
+	unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
+ * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
+ * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
+ * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
+ * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
+ *	this is used only with channel switching with CSA
+ * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
+ */
+enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
+	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH		= BIT(0),
+	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS	= BIT(1),
+	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR		= BIT(2),
+	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL	= BIT(3),
+	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH	= BIT(4),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
+ *
+ * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
+ * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
+ *
+ * @def: the channel definition
+ * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
+ * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
+ *	active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
+ * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
+ *	after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
+ *	this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
+ * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
+ * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
+ *	sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
+	struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
+	struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
+
+	u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
+
+	bool radar_enabled;
+
+	u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
+ * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
+ *	exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
+ *	needs to be switched from one to the other.
+ * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
+ *      to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
+ *      will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
+ *      from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
+ *      implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
+ *      hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
+ *      will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
+ *      for changes/removal.)
+ */
+enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
+	CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
+	CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
+ *
+ * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
+ * needs to switch from one chanctx to another.  The
+ * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
+ * done.
+ *
+ * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
+ * @link_conf: the link conf that's switching
+ * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
+ * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
+ */
+struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
+	struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
+	struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf;
+	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
+	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
+ *
+ * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed(), link_info_changed()
+ * and vif_cfg_changed() callbacks to indicate which parameter(s) changed.
+ *
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
+ *	also implies a change in the AID.
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
+ *	reason (IBSS and managed mode)
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
+ *	new beacon (beaconing modes)
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
+ *	enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
+ *	that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
+ *	changed
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
+ *	currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
+ *	note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
+ *	context had been assigned.
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
+ *	keep alive) changed.
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fine timing measurement request responder
+ *	functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_TWT: TWT status changed
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD: OBSS Packet Detection status changed.
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR: BSS Color has changed
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY: FILS discovery status changed.
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
+ *	status changed.
+ * @BSS_CHANGED_EHT_PUNCTURING: The channel puncturing bitmap changed.
+ */
+enum ieee80211_bss_change {
+	BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC		= 1<<0,
+	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT	= 1<<1,
+	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE	= 1<<2,
+	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT		= 1<<3,
+	BSS_CHANGED_HT			= 1<<4,
+	BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES		= 1<<5,
+	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT		= 1<<6,
+	BSS_CHANGED_BSSID		= 1<<7,
+	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON		= 1<<8,
+	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED	= 1<<9,
+	BSS_CHANGED_CQM			= 1<<10,
+	BSS_CHANGED_IBSS		= 1<<11,
+	BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER		= 1<<12,
+	BSS_CHANGED_QOS			= 1<<13,
+	BSS_CHANGED_IDLE		= 1<<14,
+	BSS_CHANGED_SSID		= 1<<15,
+	BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP	= 1<<16,
+	BSS_CHANGED_PS			= 1<<17,
+	BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER		= 1<<18,
+	BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS		= 1<<19,
+	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO		= 1<<20,
+	BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH		= 1<<21,
+	BSS_CHANGED_OCB                 = 1<<22,
+	BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS		= 1<<23,
+	BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE		= 1<<24,
+	BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE		= 1<<25,
+	BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER	= 1<<26,
+	BSS_CHANGED_TWT			= 1<<27,
+	BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD		= 1<<28,
+	BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR	= 1<<29,
+	BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY      = 1<<30,
+	BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<31,
+	BSS_CHANGED_EHT_PUNCTURING	= BIT_ULL(32),
+
+	/* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
+ * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
+ * filtering will be disabled.
+ */
+#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
+ * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
+ * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
+ * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
+ * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
+ *	they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
+ *	once each time the timeout triggers.
+ */
+enum ieee80211_event_type {
+	RSSI_EVENT,
+	MLME_EVENT,
+	BAR_RX_EVENT,
+	BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
+ * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
+ * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
+ */
+enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
+	RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
+	RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
+ * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
+ */
+struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
+	enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
+ * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
+ * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
+ * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
+ * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
+ */
+enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
+	AUTH_EVENT,
+	ASSOC_EVENT,
+	DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
+	DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
+ * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
+ * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
+ * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
+ */
+enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
+	MLME_SUCCESS,
+	MLME_DENIED,
+	MLME_TIMEOUT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
+ * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
+ * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
+ * @reason: the reason code if applicable
+ */
+struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
+	enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
+	enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
+	u16 reason;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
+ * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
+ * @tid: the tid
+ * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
+ */
+struct ieee80211_ba_event {
+	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
+	u16 tid;
+	u16 ssn;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
+ * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
+ * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
+ * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
+ * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
+ * @u:union holding the fields above
+ */
+struct ieee80211_event {
+	enum ieee80211_event_type type;
+	union {
+		struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
+		struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
+		struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
+	} u;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
+ *
+ * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
+ *
+ * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
+ * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
+ */
+struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
+	u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
+	u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
+ *
+ * @lci: LCI subelement content
+ * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
+ * @lci_len: LCI data length
+ * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
+ */
+struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
+	const u8 *lci;
+	const u8 *civicloc;
+	size_t lci_len;
+	size_t civicloc_len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
+ * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
+ *
+ * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
+ * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
+ */
+struct ieee80211_fils_discovery {
+	u32 min_interval;
+	u32 max_interval;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
+ *
+ * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
+ * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
+ *
+ * @vif: reference to owning VIF
+ * @addr: (link) address used locally
+ * @link_id: link ID, or 0 for non-MLO
+ * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
+ * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
+ * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
+ *	ACK, BACK or both
+ * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
+ * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
+ * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
+ * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
+ *	mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
+ * @twt_responder: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
+ *	mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
+ * @twt_protected: does this BSS support protected TWT frames
+ * @twt_broadcast: does this BSS support broadcast TWT
+ * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
+ * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
+ * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
+ * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
+ *	valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
+ *	with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
+ * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
+ *	as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
+ *	HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
+ *	only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
+ *	association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
+ *	%BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
+ * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
+ *	the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
+ *	(see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
+ * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
+ *	is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
+ *	IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
+ *	by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
+ *	guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
+ *	Note also that this is not used with MLD associations, mac80211 doesn't
+ *	know how to track beacons for all of the links for this.
+ * @beacon_int: beacon interval
+ * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
+ * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
+ *	index into the rate table configured by the driver in
+ *	the current band.
+ * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
+ * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
+ * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
+ * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
+ * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
+ *	configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
+ * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
+ * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
+ *	This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
+ *	Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
+ *	be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
+ * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
+ *	implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
+ *	cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
+ *	relation to the newly configured threshold.
+ * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
+ *	implies disabled.  This is an alternative mechanism to the single
+ *	threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
+ * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
+ * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
+ * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
+ * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
+ * @txpower: TX power in dBm.  INT_MIN means not configured.
+ * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
+ *	Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
+ *	TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
+ *	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
+ *	userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
+ *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
+ * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
+ * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
+ *	to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
+ *	if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
+ * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
+ *	transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
+ *	In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
+ *	a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
+ * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
+ *	protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
+ *	station.
+ * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
+ *	responder functionality.
+ * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
+ * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
+ * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
+ * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
+ * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
+ * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
+ *	nontransmitted BSSIDs
+ * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
+ *	in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
+ * @he_oper: HE operation information of the BSS (AP/Mesh) or of the AP we are
+ *	connected to (STA)
+ * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection parameters.
+ * @he_bss_color: BSS coloring settings, if BSS supports HE
+ * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery configuration
+ * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
+ *	interval.
+ * @beacon_tx_rate: The configured beacon transmit rate that needs to be passed
+ *	to driver when rate control is offloaded to firmware.
+ * @power_type: power type of BSS for 6 GHz
+ * @tx_pwr_env: transmit power envelope array of BSS.
+ * @tx_pwr_env_num: number of @tx_pwr_env.
+ * @pwr_reduction: power constraint of BSS.
+ * @eht_support: does this BSS support EHT
+ * @eht_puncturing: bitmap to indicate which channels are punctured in this BSS
+ * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
+ *	write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
+ *	for read access.
+ * @csa_punct_bitmap: new puncturing bitmap for channel switch
+ * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
+ * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
+ *	when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
+ *	path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
+ *	be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
+ *	processed after it switches back to %NULL.
+ * @color_change_active: marks whether a color change is ongoing. Internally it is
+ *	write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
+ *	for read access.
+ * @color_change_color: the bss color that will be used after the change.
+ * @ht_ldpc: in AP mode, indicates interface has HT LDPC capability.
+ * @vht_ldpc: in AP mode, indicates interface has VHT LDPC capability.
+ * @he_ldpc: in AP mode, indicates interface has HE LDPC capability.
+ * @vht_su_beamformer: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT SU
+ *	beamformer
+ * @vht_su_beamformee: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT SU
+ *	beamformee
+ * @vht_mu_beamformer: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT MU
+ *	beamformer
+ * @vht_mu_beamformee: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT MU
+ *	beamformee
+ * @he_su_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS support operation as an HE SU
+ *	beamformer
+ * @he_su_beamformee: in AP-mode, does this BSS support operation as an HE SU
+ *	beamformee
+ * @he_mu_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS support operation as an HE MU
+ *	beamformer
+ * @he_full_ul_mumimo: does this BSS support the reception (AP) or transmission
+ *	(non-AP STA) of an HE TB PPDU on an RU that spans the entire PPDU
+ *	bandwidth
+ * @eht_su_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS enable operation as an EHT SU
+ *	beamformer
+ * @eht_su_beamformee: in AP-mode, does this BSS enable operation as an EHT SU
+ *	beamformee
+ * @eht_mu_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS enable operation as an EHT MU
+ *	beamformer
+ */
+struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
+	struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
+
+	const u8 *bssid;
+	unsigned int link_id;
+	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+	u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
+	bool uora_exists;
+	u8 uora_ocw_range;
+	u16 frame_time_rts_th;
+	bool he_support;
+	bool twt_requester;
+	bool twt_responder;
+	bool twt_protected;
+	bool twt_broadcast;
+	/* erp related data */
+	bool use_cts_prot;
+	bool use_short_preamble;
+	bool use_short_slot;
+	bool enable_beacon;
+	u8 dtim_period;
+	u16 beacon_int;
+	u16 assoc_capability;
+	u64 sync_tsf;
+	u32 sync_device_ts;
+	u8 sync_dtim_count;
+	u32 basic_rates;
+	struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
+	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
+	u16 ht_operation_mode;
+	s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
+	u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
+	s32 cqm_rssi_low;
+	s32 cqm_rssi_high;
+	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
+	struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
+	bool qos;
+	bool hidden_ssid;
+	int txpower;
+	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
+	struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
+	bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
+	u16 max_idle_period;
+	bool protected_keep_alive;
+	bool ftm_responder;
+	struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
+	/* Multiple BSSID data */
+	bool nontransmitted;
+	u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+	u8 bssid_index;
+	u8 bssid_indicator;
+	bool ema_ap;
+	u8 profile_periodicity;
+	struct {
+		u32 params;
+		u16 nss_set;
+	} he_oper;
+	struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
+	struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
+	struct ieee80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
+	u32 unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval;
+	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_tx_rate;
+	enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power power_type;
+	struct ieee80211_tx_pwr_env tx_pwr_env[IEEE80211_TPE_MAX_IE_COUNT];
+	u8 tx_pwr_env_num;
+	u8 pwr_reduction;
+	bool eht_support;
+	u16 eht_puncturing;
+
+	bool csa_active;
+	u16 csa_punct_bitmap;
+
+	bool mu_mimo_owner;
+	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
+
+	bool color_change_active;
+	u8 color_change_color;
+
+	bool ht_ldpc;
+	bool vht_ldpc;
+	bool he_ldpc;
+	bool vht_su_beamformer;
+	bool vht_su_beamformee;
+	bool vht_mu_beamformer;
+	bool vht_mu_beamformee;
+	bool he_su_beamformer;
+	bool he_su_beamformee;
+	bool he_mu_beamformer;
+	bool he_full_ul_mumimo;
+	bool eht_su_beamformer;
+	bool eht_su_beamformee;
+	bool eht_mu_beamformer;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
+ *
+ * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
+ *	number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
+ *	number and increasing the sequence number only when the
+ *	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
+ *	assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
+ *	for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
+ *	that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
+ *	If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
+ *	assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
+ *	802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
+ *	beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
+ *	station
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
+ *	because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
+ *	avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
+ *	firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
+ *	went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
+ *	the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
+ *	that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
+ *	since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
+ *	hardware queue.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
+ * 	is for the whole aggregation.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
+ * 	so consider using block ack request (BAR).
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
+ *	set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
+ *	be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
+ *	that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
+ *	off-channel operation.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP: This frame uses hardware encapsulation
+ *	(header conversion)
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
+ *	used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
+ *	used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
+ *	frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
+ *	be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
+ *	transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
+ *	by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
+ *	queue gets full.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
+ *	after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
+ *	be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
+ *	code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
+ *	should kick the MLME state machine.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
+ *	MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
+ *	status to user space)
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
+ *	frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
+ *	the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
+ *	in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
+ *	handled properly by the device.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
+ *	testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
+ *	TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
+ *	This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
+ *	frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
+ *	when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
+ *	an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
+ *	the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
+ *	PS-Poll responses.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
+ *	This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
+ *	the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
+ *	would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
+ *	monitor injection).
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
+ *	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
+ *	any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
+ *	This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
+ *	behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
+ *
+ * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
+ *	 forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
+ */
+enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS		= BIT(0),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ		= BIT(1),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK			= BIT(2),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT		= BIT(3),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT		= BIT(4),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM	= BIT(5),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU			= BIT(6),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED		= BIT(7),
+	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED		= BIT(8),
+	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK			= BIT(9),
+	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU			= BIT(10),
+	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK		= BIT(11),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE	= BIT(12),
+	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK	= BIT(13),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP		= BIT(14),
+	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED		= BIT(15),
+	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT		= BIT(16),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER		= BIT(17),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES		= BIT(18),
+	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION	= BIT(19),
+	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX		= BIT(20),
+	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX	= BIT(21),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC			= BIT(22),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC			= BIT(23) | BIT(24),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN		= BIT(25),
+	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE	= BIT(26),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE		= BIT(27),
+	IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP		= BIT(28),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE		= BIT(29),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG		= BIT(30),
+	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED	= BIT(31),
+};
+
+#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT		23
+
+#define IEEE80211_TX_RC_S1G_MCS IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS
+
+/**
+ * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
+ *	protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
+ *	frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
+ *	used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
+ *	it can be sent out.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO: Do not overwrite the sequence number that
+ *	has already been assigned to this frame.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER: This frame should not be reordered
+ *	relative to other frames that have this flag set, independent
+ *	of their QoS TID or other priority field values.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MCAST_MLO_FIRST_TX: first MLO TX, used mostly internally
+ *	for sequence number assignment
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK: If not @IEEE80211_LINK_UNSPECIFIED, this
+ *	frame should be transmitted on the specific link. This really is
+ *	only relevant for frames that do not have data present, and is
+ *	also not used for 802.3 format frames. Note that even if the frame
+ *	is on a specific link, address translation might still apply if
+ *	it's intended for an MLD.
+ *
+ * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
+ */
+enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO	= BIT(0),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE		= BIT(1),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT		= BIT(2),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU			= BIT(3),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT		= BIT(4),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP	= BIT(5),
+	IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING	= BIT(6),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO		= BIT(7),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER		= BIT(8),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MCAST_MLO_FIRST_TX	= BIT(9),
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK		= 0xf0000000,
+};
+
+#define IEEE80211_LINK_UNSPECIFIED	0xf
+#define IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK_UNSPEC	\
+	u32_encode_bits(IEEE80211_LINK_UNSPECIFIED, \
+			IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK)
+
+/**
+ * enum mac80211_tx_status_flags - flags to describe transmit status
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_ACK_SIGNAL_VALID: ACK signal is valid
+ *
+ * These flags are used in tx_info->status.flags.
+ */
+enum mac80211_tx_status_flags {
+	IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_ACK_SIGNAL_VALID = BIT(0),
+};
+
+/*
+ * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
+ * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
+ */
+#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK |		      \
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT |    \
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU |	      \
+	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED |	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK |		      \
+	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK |	      \
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER |    \
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC |		      \
+	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
+
+/**
+ * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
+ *	Rate Control algorithm.
+ *
+ * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
+ * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
+ *	This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
+ *	into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
+ *	Greenfield mode.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
+ *	(80+80 isn't supported yet)
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
+ *	adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
+ *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
+ * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
+ */
+enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
+	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS		= BIT(0),
+	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT		= BIT(1),
+	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= BIT(2),
+
+	/* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
+	IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS			= BIT(3),
+	IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD		= BIT(4),
+	IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(5),
+	IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA		= BIT(6),
+	IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI		= BIT(7),
+	IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS			= BIT(8),
+	IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(9),
+	IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(10),
+};
+
+
+/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
+#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
+
+/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
+#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
+
+/* maximum number of rate stages */
+#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES	4
+
+/* maximum number of rate table entries */
+#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE	4
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
+ *
+ * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
+ * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
+ * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
+ *
+ * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
+ * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
+ *
+ * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
+ * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
+ *
+ * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
+ * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
+ * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
+ * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
+ * information::
+ *
+ *    { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
+ *
+ * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
+ * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
+ * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
+ * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
+ * information should then contain::
+ *
+ *   { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
+ *
+ * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
+ * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
+	s8 idx;
+	u16 count:5,
+	    flags:11;
+} __packed;
+
+#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY		31
+
+static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
+					  u8 mcs, u8 nss)
+{
+	WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
+	WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
+	rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
+}
+
+static inline u8
+ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
+{
+	return rate->idx & 0xF;
+}
+
+static inline u8
+ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
+{
+	return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
+ *
+ * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
+ *  (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
+ *  (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
+ *  (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
+ *
+ * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
+ * @band: the band to transmit on (use e.g. for checking for races),
+ *	not valid if the interface is an MLD since we won't know which
+ *	link the frame will be transmitted on
+ * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
+ * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
+ * @tx_time_est: TX time estimate in units of 4us, used internally
+ * @control: union part for control data
+ * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
+ * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
+ * @control.use_rts: use RTS
+ * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
+ * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
+ * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
+ * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
+ * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
+ * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
+ * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
+ * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
+ * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
+ * @pad: padding
+ * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
+ * @status: union part for status data
+ * @status.rates: attempted rates
+ * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
+ * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
+ * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
+ * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
+ * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission; note this is only
+ *	used for WMM AC, not for airtime fairness
+ * @status.flags: status flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_status_flags
+ * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
+ * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
+ * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
+ * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
+ * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
+ * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
+ * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
+ * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
+ * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
+ */
+struct ieee80211_tx_info {
+	/* common information */
+	u32 flags;
+	u32 band:3,
+	    ack_frame_id:13,
+	    hw_queue:4,
+	    tx_time_est:10;
+	/* 2 free bits */
+
+	union {
+		struct {
+			union {
+				/* rate control */
+				struct {
+					struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
+						IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
+					s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
+					u8 use_rts:1;
+					u8 use_cts_prot:1;
+					u8 short_preamble:1;
+					u8 skip_table:1;
+					/* 2 bytes free */
+				};
+				/* only needed before rate control */
+				unsigned long jiffies;
+			};
+			/* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
+			struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
+			struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
+			u32 flags;
+			codel_time_t enqueue_time;
+		} control;
+		struct {
+			u64 cookie;
+		} ack;
+		struct {
+			struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
+			s32 ack_signal;
+			u8 ampdu_ack_len;
+			u8 ampdu_len;
+			u8 antenna;
+			u8 pad;
+			u16 tx_time;
+			u8 flags;
+			u8 pad2;
+			void *status_driver_data[16 / sizeof(void *)];
+		} status;
+		struct {
+			struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
+				IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
+			u8 pad[4];
+
+			void *rate_driver_data[
+				IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
+		};
+		void *driver_data[
+			IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
+	};
+};
+
+static inline u16
+ieee80211_info_set_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info, u16 tx_time_est)
+{
+	/* We only have 10 bits in tx_time_est, so store airtime
+	 * in increments of 4us and clamp the maximum to 2**12-1
+	 */
+	info->tx_time_est = min_t(u16, tx_time_est, 4095) >> 2;
+	return info->tx_time_est << 2;
+}
+
+static inline u16
+ieee80211_info_get_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
+{
+	return info->tx_time_est << 2;
+}
+
+/***
+ * struct ieee80211_rate_status - mrr stage for status path
+ *
+ * This struct is used in struct ieee80211_tx_status to provide drivers a
+ * dynamic way to report about used rates and power levels per packet.
+ *
+ * @rate_idx The actual used rate.
+ * @try_count How often the rate was tried.
+ * @tx_power_idx An idx into the ieee80211_hw->tx_power_levels list of the
+ * 	corresponding wifi hardware. The idx shall point to the power level
+ * 	that was used when sending the packet.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_rate_status {
+	struct rate_info rate_idx;
+	u8 try_count;
+	u8 tx_power_idx;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx status info for rate control
+ *
+ * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
+ * @info: Basic tx status information
+ * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
+ * @rates: Mrr stages that were used when sending the packet
+ * @n_rates: Number of mrr stages (count of instances for @rates)
+ * @free_list: list where processed skbs are stored to be free'd by the driver
+ * @ack_hwtstamp: Hardware timestamp of the received ack in nanoseconds
+ *	Only needed for Timing measurement and Fine timing measurement action
+ *	frames. Only reported by devices that have timestamping enabled.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_tx_status {
+	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
+	struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
+	struct sk_buff *skb;
+	struct ieee80211_rate_status *rates;
+	ktime_t ack_hwtstamp;
+	u8 n_rates;
+
+	struct list_head *free_list;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
+ *
+ * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
+ * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
+ * and the ones generated by mac80211.
+ *
+ * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
+ * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
+ * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
+ * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
+ */
+struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
+	const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
+	size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
+	const u8 *common_ies;
+	size_t common_ie_len;
+};
+
+
+static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
+{
+	return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
+}
+
+static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
+{
+	return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
+ *
+ * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
+ *
+ * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
+ * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
+ * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
+ * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
+ *
+ * NOTE: While the rates array is kept intact, this will wipe all of the
+ *	 driver_data fields in info, so it's up to the driver to restore
+ *	 any fields it needs after calling this helper.
+ */
+static inline void
+ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
+		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
+	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
+		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
+	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
+	/* clear the rate counts */
+	for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
+		info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
+	memset_after(&info->status, 0, rates);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
+ *
+ * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
+ * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
+ *	Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
+ * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
+ * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
+ *	verification has been done by the hardware.
+ * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
+ *	If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
+ *	hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
+ * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
+ *	flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
+ *	Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
+ *	is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
+ * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
+ *	de-duplication by itself.
+ * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
+ *	the frame.
+ * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
+ *	the frame.
+ * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
+ *	field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
+ *	was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
+ *	merging.
+ * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
+ *	field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
+ *	(including FCS) was received.
+ * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
+ *	field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
+ * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
+ *	Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
+ * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
+ *	number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
+ *	each A-MPDU
+ * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
+ *	subframes of a single A-MPDU
+ * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
+ * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
+ *	on this subframe
+ * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
+ *	is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
+ * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
+ *	done by the hardware
+ * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
+ *	processing it in any regular way.
+ *	This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
+ *	them for sniffing purposes.
+ * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
+ *	monitor interfaces.
+ *	This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
+ *	them for sniffing purposes.
+ * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
+ *	subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
+ *	All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
+ *	if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
+ *	the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
+ *	deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
+ *	subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
+ *	either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
+ *	interleaved with other frames.
+ * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_TLV_AT_END: This frame contains radiotap TLVs in the
+ *	skb->data (before the 802.11 header).
+ *	If used, the SKB's mac_header pointer must be set to point
+ *	to the 802.11 header after the TLVs, and any padding added after TLV
+ *	data to align to 4 must be cleared by the driver putting the TLVs
+ *	in the skb.
+ * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
+ *	This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
+ *	the first subframe.
+ * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
+ *	be done in the hardware.
+ * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
+ *	frame
+ * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
+ * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
+ *	(&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
+ *	
+ *	 - DATA3_DATA_MCS
+ *	 - DATA3_DATA_DCM
+ *	 - DATA3_CODING
+ *	 - DATA5_GI
+ *	 - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
+ *	 - DATA6_NSTS
+ *	 - DATA3_STBC
+ *	
+ *	from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
+ * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
+ *	(&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
+ * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
+ * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
+ *	the "0-length PSDU" field included there.  The value for it is
+ *	in &struct ieee80211_rx_status.  Note that if this value isn't
+ *	known the frame shouldn't be reported.
+ * @RX_FLAG_8023: the frame has an 802.3 header (decap offload performed by
+ *	hardware or driver)
+ */
+enum mac80211_rx_flags {
+	RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR		= BIT(0),
+	RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED		= BIT(1),
+	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START	= BIT(2),
+	RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED		= BIT(3),
+	RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED		= BIT(4),
+	RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC		= BIT(5),
+	RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC 	= BIT(6),
+	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START		= BIT(7),
+	RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL		= BIT(8),
+	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS		= BIT(9),
+	RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED		= BIT(10),
+	RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED		= BIT(11),
+	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN	= BIT(12),
+	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST		= BIT(13),
+	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR	= BIT(14),
+	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN	= BIT(15),
+	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END		= BIT(16),
+	RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR		= BIT(17),
+	RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR		= BIT(18),
+	RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE		= BIT(19),
+	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_TLV_AT_END	= BIT(20),
+	RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED		= BIT(21),
+	RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN		= BIT(22),
+	RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED		= BIT(23),
+	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT		= BIT(24),
+	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN	= BIT(25),
+	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE		= BIT(26),
+	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU		= BIT(27),
+	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG		= BIT(28),
+	RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU			= BIT(29),
+	RX_FLAG_8023			= BIT(30),
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
+ *
+ * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
+ * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
+ * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
+ *	if the driver fills this value it should add
+ *	%IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
+ *	to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
+ * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
+ * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
+ * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
+ */
+enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
+	RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE		= BIT(0),
+	RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
+	RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF		= BIT(3),
+	RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK		= BIT(4) | BIT(5),
+	RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC		= BIT(6),
+	RX_ENC_FLAG_BF			= BIT(7),
+};
+
+#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT		4
+
+enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
+	RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
+	RX_ENC_HT,
+	RX_ENC_VHT,
+	RX_ENC_HE,
+	RX_ENC_EHT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
+ *
+ * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
+ * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
+ * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
+ *
+ * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
+ * 	(TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
+ * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
+ *	needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
+ * @ack_tx_hwtstamp: Hardware timestamp for the ack TX in nanoseconds. Only
+ *	needed for Timing measurement and Fine timing measurement action frames.
+ *	Only reported by devices that have timestamping enabled.
+ * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
+ *	it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
+ * @band: the active band when this frame was received
+ * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
+ *	This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
+ *	for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
+ * @freq_offset: @freq has a positive offset of 500Khz.
+ * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
+ *	unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
+ *	@IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
+ * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
+ *	values were filled.
+ * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
+ *	support dB or unspecified units)
+ * @antenna: antenna used
+ * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
+ *	HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
+ * @nss: number of streams (VHT, HE and EHT only)
+ * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
+ * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
+ * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
+ * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
+ * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
+ * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
+ * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
+ * @eht: EHT specific rate information
+ * @eht.ru: EHT RU, from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc
+ * @eht.gi: EHT GI, from &enum nl80211_eht_gi
+ * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
+ * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
+ *	each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
+ * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
+ * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
+ * @link_valid: if the link which is identified by @link_id is valid. This flag
+ *	is set only when connection is MLO.
+ * @link_id: id of the link used to receive the packet. This is used along with
+ *	@link_valid.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_rx_status {
+	u64 mactime;
+	union {
+		u64 boottime_ns;
+		ktime_t ack_tx_hwtstamp;
+	};
+	u32 device_timestamp;
+	u32 ampdu_reference;
+	u32 flag;
+	u16 freq: 13, freq_offset: 1;
+	u8 enc_flags;
+	u8 encoding:3, bw:4;
+	union {
+		struct {
+			u8 he_ru:3;
+			u8 he_gi:2;
+			u8 he_dcm:1;
+		};
+		struct {
+			u8 ru:4;
+			u8 gi:2;
+		} eht;
+	};
+	u8 rate_idx;
+	u8 nss;
+	u8 rx_flags;
+	u8 band;
+	u8 antenna;
+	s8 signal;
+	u8 chains;
+	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
+	u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
+	u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
+	u8 link_valid:1, link_id:4;
+};
+
+static inline u32
+ieee80211_rx_status_to_khz(struct ieee80211_rx_status *rx_status)
+{
+	return MHZ_TO_KHZ(rx_status->freq) +
+	       (rx_status->freq_offset ? 500 : 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
+ *
+ * Flags to define PHY configuration options
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
+ *	to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
+ *	or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
+ * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
+ *	This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
+ *	meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
+ *	transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
+ *	Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
+ *	driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
+ *	for more.
+ * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
+ *	the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
+ *	may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
+ *	be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
+ *	it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
+ * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
+ *	operating channel.
+ */
+enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
+	IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR		= (1<<0),
+	IEEE80211_CONF_PS		= (1<<1),
+	IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE		= (1<<2),
+	IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL	= (1<<3),
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
+ * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
+ * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
+ * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
+ * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
+ * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
+ * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
+ * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
+ *	Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
+ *	otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
+ */
+enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
+	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS		= BIT(1),
+	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL	= BIT(2),
+	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR		= BIT(3),
+	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS		= BIT(4),
+	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER		= BIT(5),
+	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL		= BIT(6),
+	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS	= BIT(7),
+	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE		= BIT(8),
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
+ * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
+ * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
+ * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
+ * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
+ */
+enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
+	IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
+	IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
+	IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
+	IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
+
+	/* keep last */
+	IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
+ *
+ * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
+ *
+ * @flags: configuration flags defined above
+ *
+ * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
+ * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
+ *	in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
+ *	has been received and the DTIM period is known.
+ * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
+ *	powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
+ *	the CONF_PS flag is set.
+ *
+ * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
+ *	value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
+ *
+ * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
+ * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
+ *
+ * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
+ *	(a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
+ *	but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
+ * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
+ *	frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
+ *	number of transmissions not the number of retries
+ *
+ * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
+ *	%IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
+ *	configured for an HT channel.
+ *	Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
+ *	otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_conf {
+	u32 flags;
+	int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
+
+	u16 listen_interval;
+	u8 ps_dtim_period;
+
+	u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
+
+	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
+	bool radar_enabled;
+	enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
+ *
+ * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
+ *	Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
+ *	announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
+ *	the driver passed into mac80211.
+ * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
+ *	rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
+ * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
+ *	scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
+ * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
+ * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
+ * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
+  *	current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
+  *	channel, expressed in TU.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
+	u64 timestamp;
+	u32 device_timestamp;
+	bool block_tx;
+	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
+	u8 count;
+	u32 delay;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
+ *	on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
+ * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
+ *	monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
+ *	connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
+ *	provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
+ * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
+ *	interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
+ *	but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
+ *	only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
+ * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
+ *	and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
+ *	this is not pure P2P vif.
+ * @IEEE80211_VIF_DISABLE_SMPS_OVERRIDE: disable user configuration of
+ *	SMPS mode via debugfs.
+ */
+enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
+	IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER		= BIT(0),
+	IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI		= BIT(1),
+	IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD		= BIT(2),
+	IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE		= BIT(3),
+	IEEE80211_VIF_DISABLE_SMPS_OVERRIDE	= BIT(4),
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_offload_flags - virtual interface offload flags
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED: tx encapsulation offload is enabled
+ *	The driver supports sending frames passed as 802.3 frames by mac80211.
+ *	It must also support sending 802.11 packets for the same interface.
+ * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR: support 4-address mode encapsulation offload
+ * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED: rx encapsulation offload is enabled
+ *	The driver supports passing received 802.11 frames as 802.3 frames to
+ *	mac80211.
+ */
+
+enum ieee80211_offload_flags {
+	IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED		= BIT(0),
+	IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR		= BIT(1),
+	IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED		= BIT(2),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_vif_cfg - interface configuration
+ * @assoc: association status
+ * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS or not
+ * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
+ * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
+ *	offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
+ * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
+ * @eml_cap: EML capabilities as described in P802.11be_D2.2 Figure 9-1002k.
+ * @eml_med_sync_delay: Medium Synchronization delay as described in
+ *	P802.11be_D2.2 Figure 9-1002j.
+ * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
+ *	may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
+ *	The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
+ *	to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
+ * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
+ *	may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
+ *	array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
+ * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
+ * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
+ * @s1g: BSS is S1G BSS (affects Association Request format).
+ * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
+ *	hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
+ *	your driver/device needs to do.
+ * @ap_addr: AP MLD address, or BSSID for non-MLO connections
+ *	(station mode only)
+ */
+struct ieee80211_vif_cfg {
+	/* association related data */
+	bool assoc, ibss_joined;
+	bool ibss_creator;
+	bool ps;
+	u16 aid;
+	u16 eml_cap;
+	u16 eml_med_sync_delay;
+
+	__be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
+	int arp_addr_cnt;
+	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
+	size_t ssid_len;
+	bool s1g;
+	bool idle;
+	u8 ap_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
+ *
+ * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
+ * use during the life of a virtual interface.
+ *
+ * @type: type of this virtual interface
+ * @cfg: vif configuration, see &struct ieee80211_vif_cfg
+ * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
+ *	or the BSS we're associated to
+ * @link_conf: in case of MLD, the per-link BSS configuration,
+ *	indexed by link ID
+ * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO.
+ * @active_links: The bitmap of active links, or 0 for non-MLO.
+ *	The driver shouldn't change this directly, but use the
+ *	API calls meant for that purpose.
+ * @dormant_links: bitmap of valid but disabled links, or 0 for non-MLO.
+ *	Must be a subset of valid_links.
+ * @addr: address of this interface
+ * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
+ *	interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
+ * @netdev_features: tx netdev features supported by the hardware for this
+ *	vif. mac80211 initializes this to hw->netdev_features, and the driver
+ *	can mask out specific tx features. mac80211 will handle software fixup
+ *	for masked offloads (GSO, CSUM)
+ * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
+ *	these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
+ *	or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
+ *	at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
+ * @offload_flags: hardware offload capabilities/flags for this interface.
+ *	These are initialized by mac80211 before calling .add_interface,
+ *	.change_interface or .update_vif_offload and updated by the driver
+ *	within these ops, based on supported features or runtime change
+ *	restrictions.
+ * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
+ * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
+ * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
+ *	interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
+ *	monitor interface (if that is requested.)
+ * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
+ *	interface.
+ * @rx_mcast_action_reg: multicast Action frames should be reported to mac80211
+ *	for this interface.
+ * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
+ *	sizeof(void \*).
+ * @txq: the multicast data TX queue
+ * @offload_flags: 802.3 -> 802.11 enapsulation offload flags, see
+ *	&enum ieee80211_offload_flags.
+ * @mbssid_tx_vif: Pointer to the transmitting interface if MBSSID is enabled.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_vif {
+	enum nl80211_iftype type;
+	struct ieee80211_vif_cfg cfg;
+	struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
+	struct ieee80211_bss_conf __rcu *link_conf[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
+	u16 valid_links, active_links, dormant_links;
+	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+	bool p2p;
+
+	u8 cab_queue;
+	u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
+
+	struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
+
+	netdev_features_t netdev_features;
+	u32 driver_flags;
+	u32 offload_flags;
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
+	struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
+#endif
+
+	bool probe_req_reg;
+	bool rx_mcast_action_reg;
+
+	struct ieee80211_vif *mbssid_tx_vif;
+
+	/* must be last */
+	u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
+};
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_vif_usable_links - Return the usable links for the vif
+ * @vif: the vif for which the usable links are requested
+ * Return: the usable link bitmap
+ */
+static inline u16 ieee80211_vif_usable_links(const struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
+{
+	return vif->valid_links & ~vif->dormant_links;
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_vif_is_mld - Returns true iff the vif is an MLD one
+ * @vif: the vif
+ * Return: %true if the vif is an MLD, %false otherwise.
+ */
+static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mld(const struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
+{
+	/* valid_links != 0 indicates this vif is an MLD */
+	return vif->valid_links != 0;
+}
+
+#define for_each_vif_active_link(vif, link, link_id)				\
+	for (link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE((vif)->link_conf); link_id++)	\
+		if ((!(vif)->active_links ||					\
+		     (vif)->active_links & BIT(link_id)) &&			\
+		    (link = rcu_dereference((vif)->link_conf[link_id])))
+
+static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
+{
+#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
+	return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
+#endif
+	return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
+ * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
+ *
+ * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
+ * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
+ *
+ * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
+ * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
+ * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
+ */
+struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
+ * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
+ *
+ * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
+ * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
+ * This can also be useful to get the netdev associated to a vif.
+ */
+struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * lockdep_vif_mutex_held - for lockdep checks on link poiners
+ * @vif: the interface to check
+ */
+static inline bool lockdep_vif_mutex_held(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
+{
+	return lockdep_is_held(&ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(vif)->mtx);
+}
+
+#define link_conf_dereference_protected(vif, link_id)		\
+	rcu_dereference_protected((vif)->link_conf[link_id],	\
+				  lockdep_vif_mutex_held(vif))
+
+#define link_conf_dereference_check(vif, link_id)		\
+	rcu_dereference_check((vif)->link_conf[link_id],	\
+			      lockdep_vif_mutex_held(vif))
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
+ *
+ * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
+ * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
+ *	driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
+ *	particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
+ *	will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
+ * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
+ *	the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
+ *	generation in software.
+ * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
+ *	that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
+ * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
+ *	CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
+ *	(MFP) to be done in software.
+ * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
+ *	if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
+ *	itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
+ *	@IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
+ *	not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
+ *	MIC.
+ * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
+ *	management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
+ *	crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
+ *	properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
+ *	fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
+ *	RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
+ *	%IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
+ * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
+ *	driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
+ *	only for management frames (MFP).
+ * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
+ *	driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
+ *	be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
+ * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
+ *	a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
+ *	@IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
+ * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
+ * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE: This flag should be set by the driver
+ *	for a AES_CMAC key to indicate that it requires sequence number
+ *	generation only
+ */
+enum ieee80211_key_flags {
+	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT	= BIT(0),
+	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV		= BIT(1),
+	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC	= BIT(2),
+	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE		= BIT(3),
+	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX		= BIT(4),
+	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE		= BIT(5),
+	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT		= BIT(6),
+	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM	= BIT(7),
+	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE	= BIT(8),
+	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX		= BIT(9),
+	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE	= BIT(10),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
+ *
+ * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
+ * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
+ *
+ * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
+ *	wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
+ *	encrypted in hardware.
+ * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
+ * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
+ *	needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
+ * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
+ * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
+ * @keylen: key material length
+ * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
+ * 	data block:
+ * 	- Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
+ * 	- Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
+ * 	- Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
+ * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
+ * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
+ * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, or -1 for non-MLO or pairwise keys
+ */
+struct ieee80211_key_conf {
+	atomic64_t tx_pn;
+	u32 cipher;
+	u8 icv_len;
+	u8 iv_len;
+	u8 hw_key_idx;
+	s8 keyidx;
+	u16 flags;
+	s8 link_id;
+	u8 keylen;
+	u8 key[];
+};
+
+#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN	16
+
+#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
+#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
+ *
+ * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
+ * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
+ *	reverse order than in packet)
+ * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
+ *	reverse order than in packet)
+ * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
+ *	reverse order than in packet)
+ * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
+ *	reverse order than in packet)
+ * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
+ */
+struct ieee80211_key_seq {
+	union {
+		struct {
+			u32 iv32;
+			u16 iv16;
+		} tkip;
+		struct {
+			u8 pn[6];
+		} ccmp;
+		struct {
+			u8 pn[6];
+		} aes_cmac;
+		struct {
+			u8 pn[6];
+		} aes_gmac;
+		struct {
+			u8 pn[6];
+		} gcmp;
+		struct {
+			u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
+			u8 seq_len;
+		} hw;
+	};
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum set_key_cmd - key command
+ *
+ * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
+ * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
+ *
+ * @SET_KEY: a key is set
+ * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
+ */
+enum set_key_cmd {
+	SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
+ *	this is a special state for add/remove transitions
+ * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
+ * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
+ * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
+ * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
+ */
+enum ieee80211_sta_state {
+	/* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
+	IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
+	IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
+	IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
+	IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
+	IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
+ * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
+ * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
+ * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
+ * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
+ *	(including 80+80 MHz)
+ * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_320: station can receive up to 320 MHz
+ *
+ * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
+ *	correctly, the values must be sorted.
+ */
+enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
+	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
+	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
+	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
+	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
+	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_320,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
+ *
+ * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
+ * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
+ *	Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
+	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
+	struct {
+		s8 idx;
+		u8 count;
+		u8 count_cts;
+		u8 count_rts;
+		u16 flags;
+	} rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
+ *
+ * Used to configure txpower for station.
+ *
+ * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
+ *	to the STA.
+ * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
+ *	will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
+ *	%type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
+ *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
+ *	per peer TPC.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
+	s16 power;
+	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates - info that is aggregated from active links
+ *
+ * Used for any per-link data that needs to be aggregated and updated in the
+ * main &struct ieee80211_sta when updated or the active links change.
+ *
+ * @max_amsdu_len: indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
+ *	This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
+ *	For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
+ *
+ *	* If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
+ *	  A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
+ *	* If the skb is not part of a BA agreement, the A-MSDU maximal
+ *	  size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
+ *
+ * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
+ * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
+ * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
+ * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
+ * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
+ */
+struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates {
+	u16 max_amsdu_len;
+
+	u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
+	u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_link_sta - station Link specific info
+ * All link specific info for a STA link for a non MLD STA(single)
+ * or a MLD STA(multiple entries) are stored here.
+ *
+ * @sta: reference to owning STA
+ * @addr: MAC address of the Link STA. For non-MLO STA this is same as the addr
+ *	in ieee80211_sta. For MLO Link STA this addr can be same or different
+ *	from addr in ieee80211_sta (representing MLD STA addr)
+ * @link_id: the link ID for this link STA (0 for deflink)
+ * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
+ * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates
+ * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
+ * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
+ * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
+ * @he_6ghz_capa: on 6 GHz, holds the HE 6 GHz band capabilities
+ * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities of this STA
+ * @agg: per-link data for multi-link aggregation
+ * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
+ * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
+ *	station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
+ *	notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
+ *	the station moves to associated state.
+ * @txpwr: the station tx power configuration
+ *
+ */
+struct ieee80211_link_sta {
+	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
+
+	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
+	u8 link_id;
+	enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
+
+	u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
+	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
+	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
+	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
+	struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
+	struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap;
+
+	struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates agg;
+
+	u8 rx_nss;
+	enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
+	struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
+ *
+ * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
+ * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
+ * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
+ * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
+ * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
+ * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
+ * This also represents the MLD STA in case of MLO association
+ * and holds pointers to various link STA's
+ *
+ * @addr: MAC address
+ * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
+ * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
+ *	that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
+ *	Can be modified by driver.
+ * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
+ *	otherwise always false)
+ * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
+ *	sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
+ * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
+ *	if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
+ *	IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
+ * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
+ * @rates: rate control selection table
+ * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
+ * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
+ *	valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
+ * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
+ * @mlo: indicates whether the STA is MLO station.
+ * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
+ *	A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
+ *	unlimited.
+ * @cur: currently valid data as aggregated from the active links
+ *	For non MLO STA it will point to the deflink data. For MLO STA
+ *	ieee80211_sta_recalc_aggregates() must be called to update it.
+ * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
+ * @txq: per-TID data TX queues; note that the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS)
+ *	is used for non-data frames
+ * @deflink: This holds the default link STA information, for non MLO STA all link
+ *	specific STA information is accessed through @deflink or through
+ *	link[0] which points to address of @deflink. For MLO Link STA
+ *	the first added link STA will point to deflink.
+ * @link: reference to Link Sta entries. For Non MLO STA, except 1st link,
+ *	i.e link[0] all links would be assigned to NULL by default and
+ *	would access link information via @deflink or link[0]. For MLO
+ *	STA, first link STA being added will point its link pointer to
+ *	@deflink address and remaining would be allocated and the address
+ *	would be assigned to link[link_id] where link_id is the id assigned
+ *	by the AP.
+ * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO
+ */
+struct ieee80211_sta {
+	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
+	u16 aid;
+	u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
+	bool wme;
+	u8 uapsd_queues;
+	u8 max_sp;
+	struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
+	bool tdls;
+	bool tdls_initiator;
+	bool mfp;
+	bool mlo;
+	u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
+
+	struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates *cur;
+
+	bool support_p2p_ps;
+
+	struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
+
+	u16 valid_links;
+	struct ieee80211_link_sta deflink;
+	struct ieee80211_link_sta __rcu *link[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
+
+	/* must be last */
+	u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
+};
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP
+bool lockdep_sta_mutex_held(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
+#else
+static inline bool lockdep_sta_mutex_held(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta)
+{
+	return true;
+}
+#endif
+
+#define link_sta_dereference_protected(sta, link_id)		\
+	rcu_dereference_protected((sta)->link[link_id],		\
+				  lockdep_sta_mutex_held(sta))
+
+#define link_sta_dereference_check(sta, link_id)		\
+	rcu_dereference_check((sta)->link[link_id],		\
+			      lockdep_sta_mutex_held(sta))
+
+#define for_each_sta_active_link(vif, sta, link_sta, link_id)			\
+	for (link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE((sta)->link); link_id++)		\
+		if ((!(vif)->active_links ||					\
+		     (vif)->active_links & BIT(link_id)) &&			\
+		    ((link_sta) = link_sta_dereference_protected(sta, link_id)))
+
+/**
+ * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
+ *
+ * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
+ * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
+ *
+ * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
+ * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
+ */
+enum sta_notify_cmd {
+	STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
+ *
+ * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
+ * 	it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_tx_control {
+	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
+ * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
+ *	%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
+ * @ac: the AC for this queue
+ * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
+ *
+ * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
+ * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
+ */
+struct ieee80211_txq {
+	struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
+	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
+	u8 tid;
+	u8 ac;
+
+	/* must be last */
+	u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
+ *
+ * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
+ * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
+ * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
+ * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
+ * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
+ *	The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
+ *	controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
+ *	should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
+ *	will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
+ *	algorithm.
+ *	Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
+ *	callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
+ *	the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
+ *	@use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
+ *	timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
+ *	CCK frames.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
+ *	Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
+ *	the FCS at the end.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
+ *	Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
+ *	for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
+ *	rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
+ *	to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
+ *	multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
+ *	the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
+ *	Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
+ *	expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
+ *	If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
+ *	Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
+ *	one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
+ *	between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
+ * 	Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
+ * 	Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
+ *	Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
+ *	Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
+ *	Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
+ *	stack support for dynamic PS.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
+ *	Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
+ *	Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
+ *	Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
+ *	the stack.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
+ *	The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
+ *	periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
+ *	This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
+ *	dtim_period).
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
+ *	per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
+ *	the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
+ *	to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
+ *	possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
+ *	only in that case.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
+ *	autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
+ *	this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
+ *	stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
+ *	Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
+ *	the PS mode of connected stations.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
+ *	setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
+ *	software.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
+ *	a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
+ *	active interfaces.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
+ *	be created.  It is expected user-space will create vifs as
+ *	desired (and thus have them named as desired).
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
+ *	crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
+ *	try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
+ *	the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
+ *	supported cipher suites.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
+ *	this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
+ *	for frames.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
+ *	queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
+ *	for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
+ *	control for more details.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
+ *	selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
+ *	P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
+ *	is supported.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
+ *	only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
+ *	and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
+ *	using aggregation for such frames.)
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
+ *	for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
+ *	is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
+ *	CSA frame.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
+ *	or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
+ *	in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
+ *	than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
+ *	within A-MPDU.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
+ *	for sent beacons.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
+ *	station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
+ *	by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
+ *	from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
+ *	reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
+ *	order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
+ *	timeout.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
+ *	which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
+ *	A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
+ *	When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
+ *	limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
+ *	max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
+ *	skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
+ *	by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
+ *	drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
+ *	is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
+ *	The stack will not do fragmentation.
+ *	The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
+ *	TDLS links.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
+ *	mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
+ *	deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
+ *	beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
+ *	virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
+ *	the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
+ *	deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
+ *	support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
+ *	course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
+ *	extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
+ *	the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
+ *	but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
+ *	See also the documentation for that flag.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
+ *	MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
+ *	TXQs to start with.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
+ *	length in tx status information
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
+ *	only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card and driver is only
+ *	aggregating MPDUs with the same keyid, allowing mac80211 to keep Tx
+ *	A-MPDU sessions active while rekeying with Extended Key ID.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports tx encapsulation
+ *	offload
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports rx decapsulation
+ *	offload
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP: Hardware supports concurrent rx
+ *	decapsulation offload and passing raw 802.11 frames for monitor iface.
+ *	If this is supported, the driver must pass both 802.3 frames for real
+ *	usage and 802.11 frames with %RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR set for monitor to
+ *	the stack.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_DETECTS_COLOR_COLLISION: HW/driver has support for BSS color
+ *	collision detection and doesn't need it in software.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_HW_MLO_MCAST_MULTI_LINK_TX: Hardware/driver handles transmitting
+ *	multicast frames on all links, mac80211 should not do that.
+ *
+ * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
+ */
+enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
+	IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
+	IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
+	IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
+	IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
+	IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
+	IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
+	IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
+	IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
+	IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
+	IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
+	IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
+	IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
+	IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
+	IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
+	IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
+	IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
+	IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
+	IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
+	IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
+	IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
+	IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
+	IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
+	IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
+	IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
+	IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
+	IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
+	IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
+	IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
+	IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
+	IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD,
+	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP,
+	IEEE80211_HW_DETECTS_COLOR_COLLISION,
+	IEEE80211_HW_MLO_MCAST_MULTI_LINK_TX,
+
+	/* keep last, obviously */
+	NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
+ *
+ * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
+ * information for an 802.11 PHY.
+ *
+ * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
+ *	802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
+ *	members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
+ *	and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
+ *	bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
+ *
+ * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
+ *
+ * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
+ *	along with this structure.
+ *
+ * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
+ *
+ * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
+ *	for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
+ *
+ * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
+ *	Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
+ *
+ * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
+ *	only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
+ *
+ * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
+ *	that HW supports
+ *
+ * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
+ *	data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
+ *	queues need to have configurable access parameters.
+ *
+ * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
+ *	If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
+ *	set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
+ *
+ * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
+ *	within &struct ieee80211_vif.
+ * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
+ *	within &struct ieee80211_sta.
+ * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
+ *	within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
+ * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
+ *	within @struct ieee80211_txq.
+ *
+ * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
+ *	can handle.
+ * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
+ *	the hw can report back.
+ * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
+ *
+ * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
+ *	sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
+ *	aggregation.
+ *	This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
+ *	number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
+ *	it shouldn't be set.
+ *
+ * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
+ *	aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
+ *	advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
+ *	the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
+ *	with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
+ *	For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
+ *
+ * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
+ *	of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
+ *
+ * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
+ *	(if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
+ *
+ * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
+ *	reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
+ *	include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
+ *	adding _BW is supported today.
+ *
+ * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
+ *	the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
+ *	Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
+ *
+ * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
+ *
+ * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
+ *	@units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
+ *	field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
+ *	device_timestamp.
+ * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
+ *	IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
+ *	IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
+ * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
+ *	radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
+ *
+ * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
+ *	from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
+ *	other features will be rejected during HW registration.
+ *
+ * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
+ *	for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
+ *	enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
+ *	Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
+ *	that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
+ *	neither enabled.
+ *
+ * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
+ *	deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
+ *	Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
+ *
+ * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
+ *	device.
+ *
+ * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
+ *	them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
+ *	unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
+ *
+ * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
+ *	refilling deficit of each TXQ.
+ *
+ * @max_mtu: the max mtu could be set.
+ *
+ * @tx_power_levels: a list of power levels supported by the wifi hardware.
+ * 	The power levels can be specified either as integer or fractions.
+ * 	The power level at idx 0 shall be the maximum positive power level.
+ *
+ * @max_txpwr_levels_idx: the maximum valid idx of 'tx_power_levels' list.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_hw {
+	struct ieee80211_conf conf;
+	struct wiphy *wiphy;
+	const char *rate_control_algorithm;
+	void *priv;
+	unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
+	unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
+	unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
+	int vif_data_size;
+	int sta_data_size;
+	int chanctx_data_size;
+	int txq_data_size;
+	u16 queues;
+	u16 max_listen_interval;
+	s8 max_signal;
+	u8 max_rates;
+	u8 max_report_rates;
+	u8 max_rate_tries;
+	u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
+	u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
+	u8 max_tx_fragments;
+	u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
+	u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
+	u16 radiotap_vht_details;
+	struct {
+		int units_pos;
+		s16 accuracy;
+	} radiotap_timestamp;
+	netdev_features_t netdev_features;
+	u8 uapsd_queues;
+	u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
+	u8 max_nan_de_entries;
+	u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
+	u8 weight_multiplier;
+	u32 max_mtu;
+	const s8 *tx_power_levels;
+	u8 max_txpwr_levels_idx;
+};
+
+static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				       enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
+{
+	return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
+}
+#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg)	_ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
+
+static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				     enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
+{
+	return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
+}
+#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg)	_ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
+ *
+ * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
+ * @req: cfg80211 request.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_scan_request {
+	struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
+
+	/* Keep last */
+	struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
+ *
+ * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
+ * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
+ * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
+ * @status: channel-switch response status
+ * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
+ * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
+ * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
+ * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
+ * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
+ */
+struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
+	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
+	struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
+	u8 action_code;
+	u32 status;
+	u32 timestamp;
+	u16 switch_time;
+	u16 switch_timeout;
+	struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
+	u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
+};
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
+ *
+ * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
+ * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
+ * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
+ * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
+ * is already used internally by mac80211.
+ *
+ * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+
+/**
+ * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
+ *
+ * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
+ * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
+ */
+static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
+{
+	set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
+}
+
+/**
+ * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
+ *
+ * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
+ * @addr: the address to set
+ */
+static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
+{
+	memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
+}
+
+static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
+ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+		      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
+{
+	if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
+		return NULL;
+	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
+}
+
+static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
+ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			   const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
+{
+	if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
+		return NULL;
+	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
+}
+
+static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
+ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
+{
+	if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
+		return NULL;
+	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
+ * @hw: the hardware
+ * @skb: the skb
+ *
+ * Free a transmit skb. Use this function when some failure
+ * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
+ */
+void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
+ *
+ * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
+ * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
+ *
+ * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
+ * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
+ * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
+ * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
+ * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
+ * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
+ * VLANs are configured for an access point.
+ *
+ * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
+ * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
+ * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
+ *
+ * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
+ * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
+ * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
+ * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
+ *
+ * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
+ * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
+ * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
+ * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
+ *
+ * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
+ *
+ * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
+ * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
+ * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
+ * based on the receive flags.
+ *
+ * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
+ * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
+ * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
+ * keys.
+ *
+ * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
+ * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
+ * handler.
+ * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
+ * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
+ * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
+ * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
+ * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
+ * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
+ *
+ * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
+ * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
+ * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
+ *
+ * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
+ * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to the following
+ * requirements:
+ * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to mac80211
+      once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been completed,
+   2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
+      at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
+   3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
+      encrypted with the new key when also needing
+      @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV and
+   4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
+   Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Powersave support
+ *
+ * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
+ *
+ * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
+ * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
+ * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
+ * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
+ * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
+ * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
+ * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
+ * it finds traffic directed to it.
+ *
+ * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
+ * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
+ * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
+ * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
+ * back to sleep at appropriate times.
+ *
+ * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
+ * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
+ * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
+ *
+ * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
+ * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
+ * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
+ * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
+ * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
+ * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
+ * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
+ *
+ * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
+ * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
+ * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
+ * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
+ * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
+ * periods.
+ *
+ * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
+ * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
+ * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
+ * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
+ * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
+ * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
+ * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
+ * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
+ * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
+ * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
+ *
+ * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
+ * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
+ * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
+ * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
+ * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
+ * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
+ *
+ * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
+ * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Beacon filter support
+ *
+ * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
+ * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
+ * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
+ * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
+ * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
+ * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
+ * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
+ *
+ * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
+ * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
+ * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
+ * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
+ * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
+ *
+ * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
+ * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
+ * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
+ * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
+ *
+ * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
+ * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
+ * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
+ * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
+ *
+ *  - a list of information element IDs
+ *  - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
+ *
+ * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
+ * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
+ * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
+ * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
+ * vendor information elements.
+ *
+ * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
+ * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
+ *
+ * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
+ * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
+ * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
+ * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
+ * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
+ * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
+ *
+ *
+ * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
+ * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
+ * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
+ * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
+ * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
+ * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
+ * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
+ * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
+ *
+ * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
+ * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
+ * signal strength threshold checking.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
+ *
+ * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
+ * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
+ * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
+ * "11.2.3 SM power save".
+ *
+ * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
+ * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
+ * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
+ * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
+ * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
+ * hardware flags.
+ *
+ * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
+ * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
+ * turned off otherwise.
+ *
+ * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
+ * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
+ * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
+ * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Frame filtering
+ *
+ * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
+ * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
+ * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
+ * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
+ * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
+ *
+ * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
+ * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
+ * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
+ *
+ * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
+ * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
+ * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
+ * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
+ * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
+ * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
+ * @total_flags with the new flag states.
+ *
+ * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
+ * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
+ * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
+ * or dropped.
+ *
+ * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
+ * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
+ * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
+ * the flag, but not clear it.
+ * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
+ * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
+ * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
+ * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
+ * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
+ * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
+ * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
+ * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
+ *
+ * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
+ * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
+ * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
+ *
+ * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
+ * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
+ * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
+ * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
+ * the driver code.
+ *
+ * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
+ * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
+ * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
+ * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
+ * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
+ * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
+ * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
+ *
+ * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
+ * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
+ * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
+ * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
+ * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
+ * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
+ * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
+ * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
+ * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
+ * @sta_notify callback.
+ *
+ * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
+ * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
+ * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
+ * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
+ * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
+ * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
+ * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
+ * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
+ * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
+ * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
+ * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
+ * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
+ * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
+ * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
+ *
+ * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
+ * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
+ *
+ * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
+ * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
+ * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
+ * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
+ * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
+ * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
+ * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
+ * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
+ * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
+ * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
+ * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
+ *
+ * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
+ * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
+ * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
+ * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
+ * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
+ * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
+ * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
+ * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
+ * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
+ * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
+ * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
+ * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
+ * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
+ * buffers for those TIDs contain.
+ *
+ * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
+ * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
+ * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
+ * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
+ * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
+ * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
+ * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
+ *
+ * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
+ * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
+ * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
+ * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
+ * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
+ *
+ * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
+ * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
+ * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
+ * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: HW queue control
+ *
+ * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
+ * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
+ * was problematic for a few reasons:
+ * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
+ * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
+ * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
+ *
+ * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
+ * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
+ * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
+ *
+ * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
+ * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
+ * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
+ * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
+ * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
+ * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
+ * the hardware queue.
+ * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
+ * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
+ *
+ * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
+ * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
+ * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
+ * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
+ * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
+ *
+ * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
+ * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
+ * after-DTIM queue for AP:   8
+ * off-channel queue:         9
+ *
+ * It would then set up the hardware like this:
+ *   hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
+ *
+ * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
+ *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
+ *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
+ *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
+ *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
+ *   vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
+ * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
+ *
+ * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
+ * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
+ *
+ * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
+ * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
+ * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
+ * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
+ *
+ * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
+ * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
+ * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
+ * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
+ *
+ * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
+ *	by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
+ *	multicast address.
+ *
+ * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
+ *	%RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
+ *
+ * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
+ *	the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
+ *
+ * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
+ *	to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
+ *	by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
+ *	mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
+ *	honour this flag if possible.
+ *
+ * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
+ *	station
+ *
+ * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
+ *
+ * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
+ *
+ * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
+ *
+ * @FIF_MCAST_ACTION: pass multicast Action frames
+ */
+enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
+	FIF_ALLMULTI		= 1<<1,
+	FIF_FCSFAIL		= 1<<2,
+	FIF_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<3,
+	FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC	= 1<<4,
+	FIF_CONTROL		= 1<<5,
+	FIF_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<6,
+	FIF_PSPOLL		= 1<<7,
+	FIF_PROBE_REQ		= 1<<8,
+	FIF_MCAST_ACTION	= 1<<9,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
+ *
+ * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
+ * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
+ *
+ * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
+ * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
+ * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
+ * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
+ * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
+ * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation, the driver must either
+ *	call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() or
+ *	call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() with status
+ *	%IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA to delay addba after
+ *	ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe is called, or just return the special
+ *	status %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE.
+ * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
+ * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
+ *	queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
+ *	driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
+ * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
+ *	called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
+ *	ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
+ *	session is gone and removes the station.
+ * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
+ *	but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
+ *	now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
+ *	should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
+ */
+enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
+	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
+	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
+	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
+	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
+	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
+	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
+	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
+};
+
+#define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE 1
+#define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA 2
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
+ *
+ * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
+ * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
+ * @tid: tid of the BA session
+ * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
+ *	action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
+ *	actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
+ * @buf_size: reorder buffer size  (number of subframes). Valid only when the
+ *	action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
+ *	%IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
+ * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
+ *	valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
+ * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
+ *	%IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
+ */
+struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
+	enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
+	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
+	u16 tid;
+	u16 ssn;
+	u16 buf_size;
+	bool amsdu;
+	u16 timeout;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
+ * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
+ * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
+ *	frame received on trigger-enabled AC
+ */
+enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
+	IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
+	IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
+ *	to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
+ *	information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
+ *	flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
+ * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
+ * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
+ *	changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
+ *	the peer.
+ * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
+ *	by the peer
+ */
+enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
+	IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED		= BIT(0),
+	IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
+	IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED	= BIT(2),
+	IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED	= BIT(3),
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
+ *
+ * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
+ * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
+ * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vice versa).
+ * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
+ * operations compared to other operations/flows.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
+ * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
+ *	for sending management frames offchannel.
+ */
+enum ieee80211_roc_type {
+	IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
+	IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_reconfig_type - reconfig type
+ *
+ * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
+ * reconfiguration type was completed.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
+ *	(also due to resume() callback returning 1)
+ * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
+ *	of wowlan configuration)
+ */
+enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
+	IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
+	IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info - prepare TX information
+ * @duration: if non-zero, hint about the required duration,
+ *	only used with the mgd_prepare_tx() method.
+ * @subtype: frame subtype (auth, (re)assoc, deauth, disassoc)
+ * @success: whether the frame exchange was successful, only
+ *	used with the mgd_complete_tx() method, and then only
+ *	valid for auth and (re)assoc.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info {
+	u16 duration;
+	u16 subtype;
+	u8 success:1;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
+ *
+ * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
+ * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
+ * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
+ *
+ * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
+ *	skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
+ *	The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
+ *	configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
+ *	preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
+ *	Must be atomic.
+ *
+ * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
+ *	is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
+ *	frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
+ *	Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
+ *	or zero.
+ *	When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
+ *	to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
+ *	is added.
+ *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
+ *
+ * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
+ *	is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
+ *	it must turn off frame reception.)
+ *	May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
+ *	an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
+ *	you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
+ *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
+ *
+ * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
+ *	stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
+ *	ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
+ *	configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
+ *	reconfigured at resume time.
+ *	The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
+ *	wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
+ *	supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
+ *	must return 1 from this function.
+ *
+ * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
+ *	now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
+ *	functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
+ *	to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
+ *	will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
+ *
+ * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
+ *	modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
+ *	supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
+ *	in suspend().
+ *
+ * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
+ *	enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
+ *	and @stop must be implemented.
+ *	The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
+ *	the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
+ *	interface is given in the conf parameter.
+ *	The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
+ *	negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
+ *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
+ *
+ * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
+ *	is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
+ *	switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
+ *	Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
+ *	found by the interface iteration callbacks.
+ *
+ * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
+ *	The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
+ *	and no monitor interfaces are present.
+ *	When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
+ *	must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
+ *	the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
+ *	MAC address of the device going away.
+ *	Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
+ *
+ * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
+ *	function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
+ *	This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
+ *	if it does. The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
+ *	parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
+ *	level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
+ *	This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
+ *	for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
+ *	of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
+ *	can sleep.
+ *	Note: this callback is called if @vif_cfg_changed or @link_info_changed
+ *	are not implemented.
+ *
+ * @vif_cfg_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to interface
+ *	(MLD) parameters from &struct ieee80211_vif_cfg that vary during the
+ *	lifetime of the interface (e.g. assoc status, IP addresses, etc.)
+ *	The @changed parameter indicates which value changed.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @link_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to link
+ *	parameters from &struct ieee80211_bss_conf that are related to an
+ *	individual link. e.g. legacy/HT/VHT/... rate information.
+ *	The @changed parameter indicates which value changed, and the @link_id
+ *	parameter indicates the link ID. Note that the @link_id will be 0 for
+ *	non-MLO connections.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
+ *	This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
+ *	to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
+ *
+ * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
+ *	See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
+ *	This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
+ *
+ * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
+ *	This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
+ *	should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
+ *	of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
+ *	which flags are changed.
+ *	This callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
+ * 	must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
+ *
+ * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
+ *	This callback is only called between add_interface and
+ *	remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
+ *	is enabled.
+ *	Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
+ * 	This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
+ * 	which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
+ *	The callback must be atomic.
+ *
+ * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
+ *	host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
+ *	necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
+ *	After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
+ *	userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
+ *
+ * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
+ *	WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
+ *	offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
+ *
+ * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
+ *	the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
+ *	configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
+ *	registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
+ *	that power save is disabled.
+ *	The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
+ *	entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
+ *	at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
+ *	(extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
+ *	When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
+ *	note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
+ *	any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
+ *	This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
+ *	this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
+ *	software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
+ *	capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
+ *	advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
+ *	The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
+ *	but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
+ *	ieee80211_scan_completed().
+ *	This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
+ *	scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
+ *	specific intervals.  The driver must call the
+ *	ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
+ *	This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
+ *
+ * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
+ *	In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
+ *
+ * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
+ *	is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
+ *	The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
+ *	the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
+ *	can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
+ *	software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
+ *	this notification.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
+ * 	Returns zero if statistics are available.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
+ *	IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
+ *	IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
+ *	The callback must be atomic.
+ *
+ * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
+ *	if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
+ *	stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
+ *	should be set as well.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
+ *	AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
+ *	station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
+ *	returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
+ *	no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
+ *	the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
+ *	This callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @link_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
+ *	when a link is added to a mac80211 vif. This callback should be within
+ *	a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This callback can sleep.
+ *	For non-MLO the callback will be called once for the default bss_conf
+ *	with the vif's directory rather than a separate subdirectory.
+ *
+ * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
+ *	when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
+ *	should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
+ *	callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @link_sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
+ *	when a link is added to a mac80211 station. This callback
+ *	should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
+ *	callback can sleep.
+ *	For non-MLO the callback will be called once for the deflink with the
+ *	station's directory rather than a separate subdirectory.
+ *
+ * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
+ *	associated station, AP,  IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
+ *	in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
+ *	%IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
+ *
+ * @sta_set_txpwr: Configure the station tx power. This callback set the tx
+ *	power for the station.
+ *	This callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
+ *	station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
+ *	This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
+ *	It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
+ *	up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
+ *	isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
+ *	period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
+ *	See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
+ *	synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
+ *	pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
+ *	the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
+ *	in @sta_state.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
+ *	used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
+ *	from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
+ *	in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
+ *	uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
+ *	otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
+ *	Must be atomic.
+ * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
+ *	is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
+ *	the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
+ *
+ * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
+ *	filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
+ *	let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
+ *	the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
+ *	all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
+ *	Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
+ *	bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
+ *	Returns a negative error code on failure.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
+ *	this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
+ *	required function.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
+ *	Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
+ *	required function.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
+ *	firmware/hardware.  Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
+ *	calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
+ *	as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
+ *	with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
+ *	function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
+ *	TSF synchronization.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
+ *	This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
+ *	used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
+ *	Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
+ *
+ * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
+ *	need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
+ *	and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
+ *	in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
+ *	accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
+ *	estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
+ *	coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
+ *
+ * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
+ *	be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
+ * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
+ *	that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
+ *	of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
+ *	use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
+ *	If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
+ *	Note that vif can be NULL.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @flush_sta: Flush or drop all pending frames from the hardware queue(s) for
+ *	the given station, as it's about to be removed.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ *
+ * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
+ *	switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
+ *	callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
+ *	completion of the channel switch.
+ *
+ * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
+ *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
+ *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
+ *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
+ *
+ * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
+ *
+ * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
+ *	call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
+ *	that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
+ *	offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
+ *	normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
+ *	duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
+ *	ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
+ *	Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
+ *	must be accepted in this case.
+ *	This callback may sleep.
+ * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
+ *	aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
+ *
+ * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
+ *
+ * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
+ *
+ * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
+ *	queues before entering power save.
+ *
+ * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
+ *	when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
+ *	The callback can sleep.
+ * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
+ *	&enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
+ *	The callback must be atomic.
+ *
+ * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
+ *	parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
+ *	sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
+ *	to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
+ *	Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
+ *	if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
+ *	the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
+ *	the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
+ *	more-data bit must always be set.
+ *	The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
+ *	from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
+ *	In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
+ *	@num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
+ *	this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
+ *	on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
+ *	period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
+ *	responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
+ *	In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
+ *	bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
+ *	at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
+ *	setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
+ *	service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
+ *	on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
+ *	ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
+ *	This callback must be atomic.
+ * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
+ *	to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
+ *	via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
+ *	released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
+ *	and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
+ *	frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
+ *	them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
+ *	on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
+ *	bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
+ *	ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
+ *	The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
+ *	frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
+ *	This callback must be atomic.
+ *
+ * @get_et_sset_count:  Ethtool API to get string-set count.
+ *
+ * @get_et_stats:  Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
+ *
+ * @get_et_strings:  Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
+ *	and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
+ *
+ * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
+ *	before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
+ *	bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
+ *	yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
+ *	transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
+ *	powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
+ *	management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
+ *	driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
+ *	and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
+ *	For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
+ *	would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
+ *	frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
+ *	The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
+ *	mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
+ *	Additional information is passed in the &struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info
+ *	data. If duration there is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the
+ *	driver the duration for which the operation is requested.
+ *	The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
+ * @mgd_complete_tx: Notify the driver that the response frame for a previously
+ *	transmitted frame announced with @mgd_prepare_tx was received, the data
+ *	is filled similarly to @mgd_prepare_tx though the duration is not used.
+ *
+ * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
+ *	a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
+ *	channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
+ *	setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
+ *	mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
+ *	discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
+ *	2 * (DTIM period).
+ *	The callback is optional and can sleep.
+ *
+ * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
+ *	This callback may sleep.
+ * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
+ *	This callback may sleep.
+ * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
+ *	may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
+ *	channel context with different settings
+ *	This callback may sleep.
+ * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
+ *	to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
+ *	This callback may sleep.
+ * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
+ *	unbound from vif.
+ *	This callback may sleep.
+ * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
+ *	another, as specified in the list of
+ *	@ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
+ *	to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
+ *	This callback may sleep.
+ *
+ * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
+ *	information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
+ *	context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
+ *	software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
+ *	just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
+ *	disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
+ * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
+ *
+ * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
+ *	during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
+ *	This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
+ *	indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
+ *	This callback may sleep.
+ *
+ * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
+ *	Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
+ *	This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
+ *
+ * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
+ *	Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
+ *	function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
+ *	decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
+ *	ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
+ *	get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
+ *	1 using ieee80211_beacon_counter_is_complete() after the beacon has been
+ *	transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
+ *	If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
+ *	since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
+ * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
+ *	before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
+ *	gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
+ *	the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
+ * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
+ *	after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
+ *	driver to go back to a normal configuration.
+ * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
+ *	when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
+ *	driver to go back to a normal configuration.
+ * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
+ *	when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
+ *	CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
+ * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
+ *	information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
+ *	channel context is bound before this is called.
+ * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
+ *
+ * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
+ *	specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
+ *	if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
+ *
+ * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
+ *	and hardware limits.
+ *
+ * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
+ *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
+ *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
+ *	driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
+ *	the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
+ *	The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
+ *	optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
+ * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
+ *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
+ * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
+ *	response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
+ *	parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
+ *	an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
+ *	response template is provided, together with the location of the
+ *	switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
+ *	the function call.
+ *
+ * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
+ * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
+ *	synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
+ *	pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
+ *	currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
+ *
+ * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
+ * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
+ * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
+ *	contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
+ *	are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
+ *	The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
+ *	some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
+ *	changed parameters.
+ * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
+ *	cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
+ *	this call.
+ * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
+ *	ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
+ *	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
+ * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
+ *	aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
+ *	between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
+ *	skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
+ * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
+ *	Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
+ *
+ * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
+ * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
+ * @set_tid_config: Apply TID specific configurations. This callback may sleep.
+ * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer.
+ *	This callback may sleep.
+ * @update_vif_offload: Update virtual interface offload flags
+ *	This callback may sleep.
+ * @sta_set_4addr: Called to notify the driver when a station starts/stops using
+ *	4-address mode
+ * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings.
+ * @sta_set_decap_offload: Called to notify the driver when a station is allowed
+ *	to use rx decapsulation offload
+ * @add_twt_setup: Update hw with TWT agreement parameters received from the peer.
+ *	This callback allows the hw to check if requested parameters
+ *	are supported and if there is enough room for a new agreement.
+ *	The hw is expected to set agreement result in the req_type field of
+ *	twt structure.
+ * @twt_teardown_request: Update the hw with TWT teardown request received
+ *	from the peer.
+ * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for
+ *	radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit
+ *	or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
+ *	Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
+ *	switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
+ *	radar channel.
+ *	The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to
+ *	disable background CAC/radar detection.
+ * @net_fill_forward_path: Called from .ndo_fill_forward_path in order to
+ *	resolve a path for hardware flow offloading
+ * @change_vif_links: Change the valid links on an interface, note that while
+ *	removing the old link information is still valid (link_conf pointer),
+ *	but may immediately disappear after the function returns. The old or
+ *	new links bitmaps may be 0 if going from/to a non-MLO situation.
+ *	The @old array contains pointers to the old bss_conf structures
+ *	that were already removed, in case they're needed.
+ *	This callback can sleep.
+ * @change_sta_links: Change the valid links of a station, similar to
+ *	@change_vif_links. This callback can sleep.
+ *	Note that a sta can also be inserted or removed with valid links,
+ *	i.e. passed to @sta_add/@sta_state with sta->valid_links not zero.
+ *	In fact, cannot change from having valid_links and not having them.
+ * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. This is
+ *	not restored at HW reset by mac80211 so drivers need to take care of
+ *	that.
+ * @net_setup_tc: Called from .ndo_setup_tc in order to prepare hardware
+ *	flow offloading for flows originating from the vif.
+ *	Note that the driver must not assume that the vif driver_data is valid
+ *	at this point, since the callback can be called during netdev teardown.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_ops {
+	void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+		   struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
+		   struct sk_buff *skb);
+	int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+	void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+#ifdef CONFIG_PM
+	int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
+	int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+	void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
+#endif
+	int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
+	void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
+	void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
+				 u64 changed);
+	void (*vif_cfg_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				u64 changed);
+	void (*link_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				  struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
+				  u64 changed);
+
+	int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf);
+	void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf);
+
+	u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
+	void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				 unsigned int changed_flags,
+				 unsigned int *total_flags,
+				 u64 multicast);
+	void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				    unsigned int filter_flags,
+				    unsigned int changed_flags);
+	int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+		       bool set);
+	int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
+		       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+		       struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
+	void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
+				struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+				u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
+	void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			       struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
+	void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
+	int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+		       struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
+	void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
+				struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
+	int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			      const u8 *mac_addr);
+	void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
+	void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			    struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
+			    struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
+	int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
+	int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
+	int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+		       struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
+	int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
+#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
+	void (*link_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf,
+				 struct dentry *dir);
+	void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+				struct dentry *dir);
+	void (*link_sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				     struct ieee80211_link_sta *link_sta,
+				     struct dentry *dir);
+#endif
+	void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
+	int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			     struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
+	int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+			 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
+			 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
+	void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				   struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
+	void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+			      u32 changed);
+	void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				    struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
+	void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			       struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+			       struct station_info *sinfo);
+	int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+		       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+		       unsigned int link_id, u16 ac,
+		       const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
+	u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			u64 tsf);
+	void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			   s64 offset);
+	void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+
+	/**
+	 * @ampdu_action:
+	 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
+	 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
+	 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
+	 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
+	 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
+	 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
+	 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
+	 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
+	 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
+	 *
+	 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
+	 * - ``RX:  2....7`` (lost frame #1)
+	 * - ``TX:        8..1...``
+	 *
+	 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
+	 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
+	 *
+	 * - ``TX:        1   or``
+	 * - ``TX:        18  or``
+	 * - ``TX:        81``
+	 *
+	 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
+	 *
+	 * Returns a negative error code on failure. The driver may return
+	 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE for %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START
+	 * if the session can start immediately.
+	 *
+	 * The callback can sleep.
+	 */
+	int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			    struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
+	int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
+		struct survey_info *survey);
+	void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+	void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
+#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
+	int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			    void *data, int len);
+	int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
+			     struct netlink_callback *cb,
+			     void *data, int len);
+#endif
+	void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+		      u32 queues, bool drop);
+	void (*flush_sta)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
+	void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			       struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
+	int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
+	int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
+
+	int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
+				 int duration,
+				 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
+	int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
+	void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
+	bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+	int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
+	void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			       const struct ieee80211_event *event);
+
+	void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+				      u16 tids, int num_frames,
+				      enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
+				      bool more_data);
+	void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+					u16 tids, int num_frames,
+					enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
+					bool more_data);
+
+	int	(*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
+	void	(*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
+	void	(*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				  u32 sset, u8 *data);
+
+	void	(*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				  struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info *info);
+	void	(*mgd_complete_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				   struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info *info);
+
+	void	(*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+	int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			   struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
+	void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			       struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
+	void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			       struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
+			       u32 changed);
+	int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				  struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf,
+				  struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
+	void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				     struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf,
+				     struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
+	int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				  struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
+				  int n_vifs,
+				  enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
+
+	void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				  enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
+	void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				 struct inet6_dev *idev);
+#endif
+	void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				      struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
+	int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				  struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
+
+	int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+					 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
+
+	int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				       struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
+	int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			   int *dbm);
+
+	int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				   struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
+				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+				   struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
+	void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+					   struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
+	void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+					 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
+
+	void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
+	void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+
+	int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
+	int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			       struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
+	int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			    const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
+	void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			    u8 instance_id);
+	bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				       struct sk_buff *head,
+				       struct sk_buff *skb);
+	int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				       struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
+	int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
+	void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			   struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
+	int (*set_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+			      struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
+	int (*reset_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tids);
+	void (*update_vif_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+	void (*sta_set_4addr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled);
+	int (*set_sar_specs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			     const struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar);
+	void (*sta_set_decap_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				      struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled);
+	void (*add_twt_setup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+			      struct ieee80211_twt_setup *twt);
+	void (*twt_teardown_request)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				     struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 flowid);
+	int (*set_radar_background)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
+	int (*net_fill_forward_path)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				     struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+				     struct net_device_path_ctx *ctx,
+				     struct net_device_path *path);
+	int (*change_vif_links)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				u16 old_links, u16 new_links,
+				struct ieee80211_bss_conf *old[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]);
+	int (*change_sta_links)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+				u16 old_links, u16 new_links);
+	int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts);
+	int (*net_setup_tc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			    struct net_device *dev,
+			    enum tc_setup_type type,
+			    void *type_data);
+};
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
+ *
+ * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
+ * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
+ * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
+ * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
+ * @priv_data_len.
+ *
+ * @priv_data_len: length of private data
+ * @ops: callbacks for this device
+ * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
+ *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
+ *
+ * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
+					   const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
+					   const char *requested_name);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
+ *
+ * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
+ * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
+ * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
+ * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
+ * @priv_data_len.
+ *
+ * @priv_data_len: length of private data
+ * @ops: callbacks for this device
+ *
+ * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
+ */
+static inline
+struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
+					const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
+{
+	return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
+ *
+ * You must call this function before any other functions in
+ * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
+ * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
+ *
+ * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
+ */
+int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
+ * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
+ * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
+ *	(full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
+ */
+struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
+	int throughput;
+	int blink_time;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
+ * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
+ * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
+ * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
+ *	interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
+ */
+enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
+	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO		= BIT(0),
+	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK		= BIT(1),
+	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED	= BIT(2),
+};
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
+const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+const char *
+__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				   unsigned int flags,
+				   const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
+				   unsigned int blink_table_len);
+#endif
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
+ *
+ * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
+ * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
+ * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
+ * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
+ *
+ * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
+ */
+static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
+{
+#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
+	return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
+#else
+	return NULL;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
+ *
+ * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
+ * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
+ * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
+ * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
+ *
+ * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
+ */
+static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
+{
+#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
+	return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
+#else
+	return NULL;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
+ *
+ * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
+ * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
+ * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
+ * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
+ *
+ * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
+ */
+static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
+{
+#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
+	return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
+#else
+	return NULL;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
+ *
+ * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
+ * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
+ * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
+ * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
+ *
+ * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
+ */
+static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
+{
+#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
+	return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
+#else
+	return NULL;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
+ * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
+ * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
+ * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
+ * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
+ *
+ * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
+ * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
+ *
+ * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
+ */
+static inline const char *
+ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
+				 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
+				 unsigned int blink_table_len)
+{
+#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
+	return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
+						  blink_table_len);
+#else
+	return NULL;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
+ *
+ * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
+ * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware to unregister
+ */
+void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
+ *
+ * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
+ * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
+ * before calling this function.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware to free
+ */
+void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
+ *
+ * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
+ * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
+ * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
+ * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
+ * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
+ * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware to restart
+ */
+void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_rx_list - receive frame and store processed skbs in a list
+ *
+ * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
+ * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
+ * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
+ * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
+ * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
+ *
+ * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
+ * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
+ * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
+ * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
+ * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
+ *
+ * This function must be called with BHs disabled and RCU read lock
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
+ * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
+ * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
+ * @list: the destination list
+ */
+void ieee80211_rx_list(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+		       struct sk_buff *skb, struct list_head *list);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
+ *
+ * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
+ * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
+ * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
+ * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
+ * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
+ *
+ * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
+ * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
+ * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
+ * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
+ * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
+ *
+ * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
+ * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
+ * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
+ * @napi: the NAPI context
+ */
+void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+		       struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
+ *
+ * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
+ * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
+ * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
+ * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
+ * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
+ *
+ * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
+ * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
+ * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
+ * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
+ * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
+ *
+ * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
+ * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
+ */
+static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
+{
+	ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
+ *
+ * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
+ * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
+ *
+ * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
+ * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
+ * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
+ * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
+ */
+void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
+ *
+ * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
+ * (internally disables bottom halves).
+ *
+ * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
+ * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
+ * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
+ * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
+ */
+static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				   struct sk_buff *skb)
+{
+	local_bh_disable();
+	ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
+	local_bh_enable();
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
+ *
+ * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
+ * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
+ * entering/leaving PS mode.
+ *
+ * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
+ *
+ * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
+ * each other.
+ *
+ * @sta: currently connected sta
+ * @start: start or stop PS
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
+ */
+int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
+ *                                  (in process context)
+ *
+ * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
+ * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
+ * applies.
+ *
+ * @sta: currently connected sta
+ * @start: start or stop PS
+ *
+ * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
+ */
+static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+						  bool start)
+{
+	int ret;
+
+	local_bh_disable();
+	ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
+	local_bh_enable();
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
+ * @sta: currently connected station
+ *
+ * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
+ * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
+ * connected station was received.
+ * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
+ * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
+ * be serialized.
+ */
+void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
+ * @sta: currently connected station
+ * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
+ *
+ * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
+ * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
+ * from a connected station was received.
+ * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
+ * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
+ * serialized.
+ * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
+ * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
+ * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
+ * checks.
+ */
+void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
+
+/*
+ * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
+ * This is enough for the radiotap header.
+ */
+#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM	ALIGN(14, 4)
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
+ * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
+ * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
+ * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
+ *
+ * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
+ * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
+ * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
+ *
+ * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
+ * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
+ * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
+ * call! Beware of the locking!)
+ *
+ * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
+ * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
+ * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
+ * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
+ * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
+ * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
+ *
+ * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
+ * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
+ * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
+ * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
+ * use this API.
+ */
+void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+				u8 tid, bool buffered);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
+ *
+ * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
+ * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
+ * rate selection table for the station entry.
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
+ * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
+ * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
+ * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
+ */
+void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+			    struct sk_buff *skb,
+			    struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
+			    int max_rates);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
+ *
+ * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
+ * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
+ * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
+ * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
+ * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
+ * slow stations to starve).
+ *
+ * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
+ * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
+ */
+void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
+					   u32 thr);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
+ *
+ * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
+ * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
+ * in updating the tx rate in data path.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
+ * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
+ * @info: tx status information
+ */
+void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
+			      struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
+ *
+ * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
+ * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
+ * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
+ *
+ * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
+ * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
+ * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
+ * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
+ * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
+ * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
+ */
+void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			 struct sk_buff *skb);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
+ *
+ * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
+ * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
+ * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
+ *
+ * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
+ * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
+ * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
+ * @status: tx status information
+ */
+void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			     struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
+ *
+ * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
+ * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
+ * specific skbs.
+ *
+ * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
+ * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
+ * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
+ * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
+ *	(NULL for multicast packets)
+ * @info: tx status information
+ */
+static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					     struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+					     struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
+{
+	struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
+		.sta = sta,
+		.info = info,
+	};
+
+	ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
+ *
+ * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
+ *
+ * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
+ * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
+ * for a single hardware.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
+ * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
+ */
+static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					  struct sk_buff *skb)
+{
+	local_bh_disable();
+	ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
+	local_bh_enable();
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
+ *
+ * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
+ * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
+ *
+ * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
+ * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
+ * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
+ */
+void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				 struct sk_buff *skb);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
+ *
+ * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
+ * connected STA.
+ *
+ * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
+ * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
+ */
+void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
+
+#define IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM 2
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
+ * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
+ * @tim_length: size of TIM element
+ * @cntdwn_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
+ *	to countdown counters.  This array can contain zero values which
+ *	should be ignored.
+ * @mbssid_off: position of the multiple bssid element
+ */
+struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
+	u16 tim_offset;
+	u16 tim_length;
+
+	u16 cntdwn_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM];
+	u16 mbssid_off;
+};
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
+ *	receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
+ * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for an AP STA
+ *	that is not associated with AP MLD).
+ *
+ * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
+ * obtain the beacon template.
+ *
+ * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
+ * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
+ * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
+ * applicable, the CSA count.
+ *
+ * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
+ *
+ * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
+ */
+struct sk_buff *
+ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			      struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs,
+			      unsigned int link_id);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_index - EMA beacon template generation
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
+ *	receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
+ * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for a non-MLD AP).
+ * @ema_index: index of the beacon in the EMA set.
+ *
+ * This function follows the same rules as ieee80211_beacon_get_template()
+ * but returns a beacon template which includes multiple BSSID element at the
+ * requested index.
+ *
+ * Return: The beacon template. %NULL indicates the end of EMA templates.
+ */
+struct sk_buff *
+ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_index(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+					struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs,
+					unsigned int link_id, u8 ema_index);
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_ema_beacons - List of EMA beacons
+ * @cnt: count of EMA beacons.
+ *
+ * @bcn: array of EMA beacons.
+ * @bcn.skb: the skb containing this specific beacon
+ * @bcn.offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
+ *	receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_ema_beacons {
+	u8 cnt;
+	struct {
+		struct sk_buff *skb;
+		struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets offs;
+	} bcn[];
+};
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_list - EMA beacon template generation
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for a non-MLD AP)
+ *
+ * This function follows the same rules as ieee80211_beacon_get_template()
+ * but allocates and returns a pointer to list of all beacon templates required
+ * to cover all profiles in the multiple BSSID set. Each template includes only
+ * one multiple BSSID element.
+ *
+ * Driver must call ieee80211_beacon_free_ema_list() to free the memory.
+ *
+ * Return: EMA beacon templates of type struct ieee80211_ema_beacons *.
+ *	%NULL on error.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_ema_beacons *
+ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_list(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				       unsigned int link_id);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_beacon_free_ema_list - free an EMA beacon template list
+ * @ema_beacons: list of EMA beacons of type &struct ieee80211_ema_beacons pointers.
+ *
+ * This function will free a list previously acquired by calling
+ * ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_list()
+ */
+void ieee80211_beacon_free_ema_list(struct ieee80211_ema_beacons *ema_beacons);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
+ *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
+ * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
+ *	(including the ID and length bytes!).
+ *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
+ * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for an AP STA
+ *	that is not associated with AP MLD).
+ *
+ * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
+ * obtain the beacon frame.
+ *
+ * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
+ * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
+ * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
+ * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
+ *
+ * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
+ *
+ * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
+ */
+struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+					 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length,
+					 unsigned int link_id);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for an AP STA
+ *	that is not associated with AP MLD).
+ *
+ * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
+ *
+ * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
+ */
+static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+						   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+						   unsigned int link_id)
+{
+	return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL, link_id);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn - request mac80211 to decrement the beacon countdown
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * The beacon counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
+ * This function is called implicitly when
+ * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
+ * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
+ * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's beacon countdown.
+ *
+ * Return: new countdown value
+ */
+u8 ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn - request mac80211 to set beacon countdown
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @counter: the new value for the counter
+ *
+ * The beacon countdown can be changed by the device, this API should be
+ * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
+ *
+ * It should never be used together with ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(),
+ * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
+ */
+void ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
+ * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
+ * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
+ */
+void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete - find out if countdown reached 1
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * This function returns whether the countdown reached zero.
+ */
+bool ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_color_change_finish - notify mac80211 about color change
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * After a color change announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
+ * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
+ * notify mac80211 that the color can be changed
+ */
+void ieee80211_color_change_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
+ * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
+ *
+ * Can only be called in AP mode.
+ *
+ * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
+ */
+struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
+ * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
+ * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
+ *
+ * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
+ * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
+ *
+ * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
+ */
+struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @link_id: If the vif is an MLD, get a frame with the link addresses
+ *	for the given link ID. For a link_id < 0 you get a frame with
+ *	MLD addresses, however useful that might be.
+ * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
+ *	if at all possible
+ *
+ * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
+ * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
+ * BSSID and address is used.
+ *
+ * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
+ * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
+ *
+ * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
+ * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
+ *
+ * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
+ */
+struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				       int link_id, bool qos_ok);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @src_addr: source MAC address
+ * @ssid: SSID buffer
+ * @ssid_len: length of SSID
+ * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
+ *
+ * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
+ * hardware.
+ *
+ * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
+ */
+struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				       const u8 *src_addr,
+				       const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
+				       size_t tailroom);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
+ * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
+ * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
+ * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
+ *
+ * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
+ * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
+ * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
+ * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
+ */
+void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+		       const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
+		       const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
+		       struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
+ * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
+ *
+ * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
+ * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
+ * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
+ *
+ * Return: The duration.
+ */
+__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
+			      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
+ * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
+ * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
+ * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
+ *
+ * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
+ * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
+ * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
+ * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
+ */
+void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			     const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
+			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
+			     struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
+ * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
+ *
+ * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
+ * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
+ * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
+ *
+ * Return: The duration.
+ */
+__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				    size_t frame_len,
+				    const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
+ * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
+ * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
+ *
+ * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
+ * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
+ *
+ * Return: The duration.
+ */
+__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+					enum nl80211_band band,
+					size_t frame_len,
+					struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
+ * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
+ * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
+ * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
+ * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
+ *
+ * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
+ * frames are available.
+ *
+ * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
+ * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
+ * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
+ * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
+ * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
+ * use common code for all beacons.
+ */
+struct sk_buff *
+ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
+ *
+ * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
+ *
+ * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
+ * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
+ * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
+ */
+void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
+			       u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
+ *
+ * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
+ * from the given packet.
+ *
+ * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
+ * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
+ *	with this P1K
+ * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
+ */
+static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
+					  struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
+{
+	struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
+	const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
+	u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
+
+	ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
+ *
+ * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
+ * and transmitter address.
+ *
+ * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
+ * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
+ * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
+ * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
+ */
+void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
+			       const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
+ *
+ * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
+ * in the packet.
+ *
+ * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
+ * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
+ *	encrypted with this key
+ * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
+ */
+void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
+			    struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
+ *
+ * @pos: start of crypto header
+ * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
+ * @pn: PN to add
+ *
+ * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
+ * the packet payload)
+ *
+ * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
+ * point to the crypto header)
+ */
+u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
+ *
+ * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
+ * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
+ *	the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
+ *	CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
+ * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
+ *
+ * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
+ * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
+ * by the device and not by mac80211.
+ *
+ * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
+ * can be done concurrently.
+ */
+void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
+			      int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
+ *
+ * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
+ * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
+ *	the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
+ *	CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
+ * @seq: new sequence data
+ *
+ * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
+ * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
+ * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
+ * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
+ *
+ * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
+ * can be done concurrently.
+ */
+void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
+			      int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
+ * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
+ *
+ * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
+ * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
+ * instead assumed to have been removed already.
+ *
+ * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
+ * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
+ */
+void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
+ * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
+ * @keyconf: new key data
+ *
+ * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
+ * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
+ * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
+ *
+ * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
+ * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
+ * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
+ * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
+ *
+ * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
+ * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
+ * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
+ * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
+ * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
+ * of the reconfiguration.
+ *
+ * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
+ * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
+ *
+ * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
+ * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
+ * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
+ * the key that's being replaced.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_key_conf *
+ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
+ * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
+ * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
+ * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
+				const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_key_mic_failure - increment MIC failure counter for the key
+ *
+ * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called
+ * at the same time.
+ *
+ * @keyconf: the key in question
+ */
+void ieee80211_key_mic_failure(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_key_replay - increment replay counter for the key
+ *
+ * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called
+ * at the same time.
+ *
+ * @keyconf: the key in question
+ */
+void ieee80211_key_replay(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
+ *
+ * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
+ */
+void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
+ *
+ * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
+ */
+void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
+ *
+ * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_queue_stopped.
+ *
+ * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
+ */
+
+int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ *
+ * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_tx_stop_all_queues.
+ */
+void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ *
+ * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_tx_wake_all_queues.
+ */
+void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
+ *
+ * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
+ * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
+ * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
+ * any context, including hardirq context.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
+ * @info: information about the completed scan
+ */
+void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
+ *
+ * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
+ * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
+ */
+void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
+ *
+ * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
+ * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
+ * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
+ * while associating, for instance.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
+ */
+void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
+ * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
+ *	been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
+ *	reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
+ *	interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
+ *	haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
+ * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
+ *	interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
+ * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
+ * @IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER: Skip any interfaces where SDATA
+ *	is not in the driver.  This may fix crashes during firmware recovery
+ *	for instance.
+ */
+enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
+	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL	= 0,
+	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL	= BIT(0),
+	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE	= BIT(1),
+	IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER	= BIT(2),
+};
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
+ *
+ * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
+ * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
+ * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
+ * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
+ * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
+ * @iterator: the iterator function to call
+ * @data: first argument of the iterator function
+ */
+void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
+				  void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
+						   struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
+				  void *data);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
+ *
+ * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
+ * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
+ * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
+ * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
+ * be used.
+ * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
+ * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
+ * @iterator: the iterator function to call
+ * @data: first argument of the iterator function
+ */
+static inline void
+ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
+				    void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
+						     struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
+				    void *data)
+{
+	ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
+				     iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
+				     iterator, data);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
+ *
+ * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
+ * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
+ * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
+ * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
+ * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
+ * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
+ * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
+ * @data: first argument of the iterator function
+ */
+void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+						u32 iter_flags,
+						void (*iterator)(void *data,
+						    u8 *mac,
+						    struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
+						void *data);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_mtx - iterate active interfaces
+ *
+ * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
+ * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
+ * This version can only be used while holding the wiphy mutex.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
+ * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
+ * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
+ * @data: first argument of the iterator function
+ */
+void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_mtx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					     u32 iter_flags,
+					     void (*iterator)(void *data,
+						u8 *mac,
+						struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
+					     void *data);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
+ *
+ * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
+ * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
+ * function for them.
+ * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
+ * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
+ * @data: first argument of the iterator function
+ */
+void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				       void (*iterator)(void *data,
+						struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
+				       void *data);
+/**
+ * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
+ *
+ * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
+ * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
+ * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
+ */
+void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
+ *
+ * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
+ * workqueue.
+ *
+ * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
+ * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
+ * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
+ */
+void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				  struct delayed_work *dwork,
+				  unsigned long delay);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_refresh_tx_agg_session_timer - Refresh a tx agg session timer.
+ * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
+ * @tid: the TID to BA on.
+ *
+ * This function allows low level driver to refresh tx agg session timer
+ * to maintain BA session, the session level will still be managed by the
+ * mac80211.
+ *
+ * Note: must be called in an RCU critical section.
+ */
+void ieee80211_refresh_tx_agg_session_timer(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+					    u16 tid);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
+ * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
+ * @tid: the TID to BA on.
+ * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
+ *
+ * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
+ *
+ * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
+ * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
+ * will be managed by the mac80211.
+ */
+int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
+				  u16 timeout);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
+ * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
+ * @tid: the TID to BA on.
+ *
+ * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
+ * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
+ * from any context.
+ */
+void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
+				      u16 tid);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
+ * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
+ * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
+ *
+ * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
+ *
+ * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
+ * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
+ * will be managed by the mac80211.
+ */
+int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
+ * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
+ * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
+ *
+ * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
+ * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
+ * can be called from any context.
+ */
+void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
+				     u16 tid);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
+ *
+ * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
+ * @addr: station's address
+ *
+ * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
+ *
+ * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
+ * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+					 const u8 *addr);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @addr: remote station's address
+ * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
+ *
+ * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
+ *
+ * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
+ * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
+ *
+ * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
+ *      the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
+ *      We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
+ *      logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
+ *      BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
+ *      In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
+ *      is not reliable.
+ *
+ * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					       const u8 *addr,
+					       const u8 *localaddr);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_find_sta_by_link_addrs - find STA by link addresses
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @addr: remote station's link address
+ * @localaddr: local link address, use %NULL for any (but avoid that)
+ * @link_id: pointer to obtain the link ID if the STA is found,
+ *	may be %NULL if the link ID is not needed
+ *
+ * Obtain the STA by link address, must use RCU protection.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_sta *
+ieee80211_find_sta_by_link_addrs(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				 const u8 *addr,
+				 const u8 *localaddr,
+				 unsigned int *link_id);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
+ * @hw: the hardware
+ * @pubsta: the station
+ * @block: whether to block or unblock
+ *
+ * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
+ * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
+ * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
+ * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
+ * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
+ *
+ * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
+ * manner.
+ *
+ * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
+ * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
+ * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
+ * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
+ * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
+ * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
+ * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
+ * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
+ * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
+ * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
+ * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
+ * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
+ * woke up while blocked or not.
+ */
+void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			       struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
+ * @pubsta: the station
+ *
+ * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
+ * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
+ * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
+ * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
+ *
+ * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
+ * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
+ * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
+ * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
+ *
+ * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
+ *     driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
+ *     you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
+ *     and restore the _irqsafe version!
+ */
+void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
+ * @pubsta: the station
+ * @tid: the tid of the NDP
+ *
+ * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
+ * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
+ * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
+ * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
+ * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
+ * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
+ * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
+ * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
+ * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
+ * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
+ * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
+ * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
+ * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
+ * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
+ */
+void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_sta_recalc_aggregates - recalculate aggregate data after a change
+ * @pubsta: the station
+ *
+ * Call this function after changing a per-link aggregate data as referenced in
+ * &struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates by accessing the agg field of
+ * &struct ieee80211_link_sta.
+ *
+ * With non MLO the data in deflink will be referenced directly. In that case
+ * there is no need to call this function.
+ */
+void ieee80211_sta_recalc_aggregates(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
+ *
+ * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver must call
+ * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
+ * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
+ * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
+ *
+ * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
+ * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
+ * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
+ * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
+ * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
+ * attempts.
+ *
+ * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
+ * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
+ * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
+ * them to 0.
+ *
+ * @pubsta: the station
+ * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
+ * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
+ * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
+ */
+void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
+				    u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_txq_airtime_check - check if a txq can send frame to device
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
+ *
+ * Return true if the AQL's airtime limit has not been reached and the txq can
+ * continue to send more packets to the device. Otherwise return false.
+ */
+bool
+ieee80211_txq_airtime_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
+ * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
+ * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
+ *
+ * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
+ * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
+ * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
+ * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
+ * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
+ * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
+ *
+ * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
+ * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
+ * set_key callback.
+ */
+void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+				      struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
+				      void *data),
+			 void *iter_data);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
+ * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
+ * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
+ *
+ * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
+ * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
+ * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
+ * in removal process will be skipped.
+ *
+ * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
+ * and thus iter must be atomic.
+ */
+void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			     void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+					  struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+					  struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
+					  void *data),
+			     void *iter_data);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @iter: iterator function
+ * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
+ *
+ * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
+ * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
+ * places while calling into the driver.
+ *
+ * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
+ * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
+ * removed.
+ *
+ * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
+ * before the restart are considered already present so will be
+ * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
+ * or not.
+ */
+void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
+	struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+	void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+		     struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
+		     void *data),
+	void *iter_data);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
+ * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
+ * information. This function must only be called from within the
+ * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
+ * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
+ * %NULL.
+ *
+ * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
+ */
+struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					  struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
+ * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
+ * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
+ */
+void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
+ * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
+ * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
+ * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
+ * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
+ *
+ * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
+ * without connection recovery attempts.
+ */
+void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_disconnect - request disconnection
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired
+ *
+ * Request disconnection from the current network and, if enabled, send a
+ * hint to the higher layers that immediate reconnect is desired.
+ */
+void ieee80211_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool reconnect);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
+ * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
+ * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
+ * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
+ * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
+ *
+ * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
+ * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
+ * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
+ * disconnect normally later.
+ *
+ * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
+ * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
+ * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
+ * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
+ */
+void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_hw_restart_disconnect - disconnect from AP after
+ * hardware restart
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after
+ * hardware restart.
+ */
+void ieee80211_hw_restart_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
+ *	rssi threshold triggered
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
+ * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
+ * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
+ * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
+ */
+void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			       enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
+			       s32 rssi_level,
+			       gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ */
+void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ */
+void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
+ *
+ * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
+ * and wake up the suspended queues.
+ */
+void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_channel_switch_disconnect - disconnect due to channel switch error
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @block_tx: if %true, do not send deauth frame.
+ *
+ * Instruct mac80211 to disconnect due to a channel switch error. The channel
+ * switch can request to block the tx and so, we need to make sure we do not send
+ * a deauth frame in this case.
+ */
+void ieee80211_channel_switch_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+					 bool block_tx);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @link_id: link ID for MLO, or 0
+ * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
+ *
+ * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
+ * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
+ * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
+ */
+void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, unsigned int link_id,
+			    enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ */
+void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ */
+void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
+ *
+ * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
+ * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
+ * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
+ * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
+ * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
+ * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
+ * @addr: & to bssid mac address
+ */
+void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
+				  const u8 *addr);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
+ * @pubsta: station struct
+ * @tid: the session's TID
+ * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
+ *	assumed to be out of the window after the call
+ * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
+ * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
+ *
+ * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
+ * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
+ * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
+ * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
+ * (Only work correctly if @max_rx_aggregation_subframes <= 64 frames)
+ */
+void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
+					  u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
+					  u16 received_mpdus);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
+ *
+ * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @ra: the peer's destination address
+ * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
+ * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
+ */
+void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
+ * @addr: station mac address
+ * @tid: the rx tid
+ */
+void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
+				 unsigned int tid);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
+ *
+ * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
+ * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
+ * reordering.
+ *
+ * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
+ * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
+ * @addr: station mac address
+ * @tid: the rx tid
+ */
+static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+						      const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
+{
+	if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
+		return;
+	ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
+ *
+ * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
+ * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
+ * reordering.
+ *
+ * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
+ * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
+ * @addr: station mac address
+ * @tid: the rx tid
+ */
+static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+						     const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
+{
+	if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
+		return;
+	ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
+ *
+ * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
+ * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
+ *
+ * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
+ * @addr: station mac address
+ * @tid: the rx tid
+ */
+void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				   const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
+
+/* Rate control API */
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
+ *
+ * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
+ * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
+ * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
+ * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
+ *	to be filled in
+ * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
+ *	which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
+ *	used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
+ * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
+ *	RTS threshold
+ * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
+ *	if the selected rate supports it
+ * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
+ * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
+ * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
+ */
+struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
+	struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
+	struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
+	struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
+	struct sk_buff *skb;
+	struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
+	bool rts, short_preamble;
+	u32 rate_idx_mask;
+	u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
+	bool bss;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
+ */
+enum rate_control_capabilities {
+	/**
+	 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
+	 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
+	 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
+	 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
+	 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
+	 */
+	RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
+	/**
+	 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_AMPDU_TRIGGER:
+	 * mac80211 should start A-MPDU sessions on tx
+	 */
+	RATE_CTRL_CAPA_AMPDU_TRIGGER = BIT(1),
+};
+
+struct rate_control_ops {
+	unsigned long capa;
+	const char *name;
+	void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
+	void (*add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void *priv,
+			    struct dentry *debugfsdir);
+	void (*free)(void *priv);
+
+	void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
+	void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
+	void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+			    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
+			    u32 changed);
+	void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+			 void *priv_sta);
+
+	void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
+			      struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+			      void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
+	void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
+			  struct sk_buff *skb);
+	void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
+			 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
+
+	void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
+				struct dentry *dir);
+
+	u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
+};
+
+static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
+				 enum nl80211_band band,
+				 int index)
+{
+	return (sta == NULL || sta->deflink.supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
+}
+
+static inline s8
+rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+		  struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
+		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
+			return i;
+
+	/* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
+	WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
+
+	/* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static inline
+bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
+{
+	unsigned int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
+		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
+			return true;
+	return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
+ *
+ * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
+ * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
+ * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
+ * the most recent rate control module decision.
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
+ * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
+ */
+int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			   struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
+			   struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
+
+int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
+void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
+
+static inline bool
+conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
+{
+	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
+}
+
+static inline bool
+conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
+{
+	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
+	       conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
+}
+
+static inline bool
+conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
+{
+	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
+	       conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
+}
+
+static inline bool
+conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
+{
+	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
+}
+
+static inline bool
+conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
+{
+	return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
+		(conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
+		(conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
+}
+
+static inline enum nl80211_iftype
+ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
+{
+	if (p2p) {
+		switch (type) {
+		case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
+			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
+		case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
+			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return type;
+}
+
+static inline enum nl80211_iftype
+ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
+{
+	return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap_vif - return HE capabilities for sband/vif
+ * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
+ * @vif: the vif to get the iftype from
+ *
+ * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or %NULL is none found
+ */
+static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
+ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap_vif(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+				struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
+{
+	return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(vif));
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa_vif - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
+ * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
+ * @vif: the vif to get the iftype from
+ *
+ * Return: the 6GHz capabilities
+ */
+static inline __le16
+ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa_vif(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
+{
+	return ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(sband, ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(vif));
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap_vif - return ETH capabilities for sband/vif
+ * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
+ * @vif: the vif to get the iftype from
+ *
+ * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or %NULL is none found
+ */
+static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap *
+ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap_vif(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
+{
+	return ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(sband, ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(vif));
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
+ *
+ * @vif: the specified virtual interface
+ * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, otherwise 0
+ * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
+ * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
+ *
+ * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
+ * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
+ * matching GroupId management frame.
+ * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
+ */
+void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, unsigned int link_id,
+				const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
+
+void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				   int rssi_min_thold,
+				   int rssi_max_thold);
+
+void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
+ *
+ * @vif: the specified virtual interface
+ *
+ * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
+ *
+ * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
+ * applicable.
+ */
+int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
+ * @vif: virtual interface
+ * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
+ */
+void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				    struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
+				    gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @vif: virtual interface
+ * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
+ * @band: the band to transmit on
+ * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
+ *
+ * Note: must be called under RCU lock
+ */
+bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
+			      int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap - Sanity-check and parse the radiotap header
+ *				 of injected frames.
+ *
+ * To accurately parse and take into account rate and retransmission fields,
+ * you must initialize the chandef field in the ieee80211_tx_info structure
+ * of the skb before calling this function.
+ *
+ * @skb: packet injected by userspace
+ * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
+ */
+bool ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap(struct sk_buff *skb,
+				 struct net_device *dev);
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
+ *
+ * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
+ * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
+ *
+ * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
+ *
+ * private:
+ *
+ * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
+ * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
+ */
+struct ieee80211_noa_data {
+	u32 next_tsf;
+	bool has_next_tsf;
+
+	u8 absent;
+
+	u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
+	struct {
+		u32 start;
+		u32 duration;
+		u32 interval;
+	} desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
+};
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
+ *
+ * @attr: P2P NoA IE
+ * @data: NoA tracking data
+ * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
+ *
+ * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
+ */
+int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
+			    struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
+ *
+ * @data: NoA tracking data
+ * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
+ */
+void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
+ * @vif: virtual interface
+ * @peer: the peer's destination address
+ * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
+ * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
+ */
+void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
+				 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
+				 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
+ *
+ * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
+ * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
+ * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
+ * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
+ * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
+ * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
+ *
+ * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
+ * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
+ * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
+ *
+ * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
+ * @tid: the TID to reserve
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
+ */
+int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
+ *
+ * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
+ * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
+ * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
+ *
+ * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
+ * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
+ * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
+ *
+ * @sta: the station
+ * @tid: the TID to unreserve
+ */
+void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
+ *	ieee80211_next_txq()
+ *
+ * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
+ *
+ * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
+ * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
+ * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by RCU and thus the
+ * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
+ * but for the duration of the frame handling.
+ * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
+ * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
+ *
+ * softirqs must also be disabled when this function is called.
+ * In process context, use ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() instead.
+ */
+struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				     struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
+ * (in process context)
+ *
+ * Like ieee80211_tx_dequeue() but can be called in process context
+ * (internally disables bottom halves).
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
+ *	ieee80211_next_txq()
+ */
+static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+						      struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
+{
+	struct sk_buff *skb;
+
+	local_bh_disable();
+	skb = ieee80211_tx_dequeue(hw, txq);
+	local_bh_enable();
+
+	return skb;
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue - mac80211 handler for wake_tx_queue callback
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from wake_tx_queue() callback().
+ * @txq: pointer as obtained from wake_tx_queue() callback().
+ *
+ * Drivers can use this function for the mandatory mac80211 wake_tx_queue
+ * callback in struct ieee80211_ops. They should not call this function.
+ */
+void ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				    struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
+ *
+ * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
+ * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
+ * driver has finished scheduling it.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
+ *
+ * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
+ * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
+ */
+void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
+
+/* (deprecated) */
+static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
+{
+}
+
+void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
+ *
+ * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
+ * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
+ *
+ * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
+ * this TXQ internally.
+ */
+static inline void
+ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
+{
+	__ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
+ * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
+ *
+ * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
+ * internally.
+ */
+static inline void
+ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
+		     bool force)
+{
+	__ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
+ *
+ * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
+ * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
+ * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
+ * next_txq().
+ *
+ * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
+ * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
+ * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
+ * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
+ * again.
+ *
+ * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
+ * aligned against driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
+ * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
+ * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
+ * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
+ * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
+ */
+bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+				struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
+ *
+ * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
+ * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
+ * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
+ *
+ * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
+ * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
+ * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
+ */
+void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
+			     unsigned long *frame_cnt,
+			     unsigned long *byte_cnt);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
+ *
+ * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
+ * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @inst_id: the local instance id
+ * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				   u8 inst_id,
+				   enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
+				   gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
+ *
+ * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
+ * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
+ * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @match: match event information
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+			      struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
+			      gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for RX.
+ *
+ * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
+ * rate information in the RX status struct and the frame length.
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @status: &struct ieee80211_rx_status containing the transmission rate
+ *          information.
+ * @len: frame length in bytes
+ */
+u32 ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      struct ieee80211_rx_status *status,
+			      int len);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for TX.
+ *
+ * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
+ * rate information in the TX info struct and the frame length.
+ *
+ * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
+ * @info: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
+ * @len: frame length in bytes
+ */
+u32 ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+			      struct ieee80211_tx_info *info,
+			      int len);
+/**
+ * ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap - enable hardware encapsulation offloading.
+ *
+ * This function is used to notify mac80211 that a vif can be passed raw 802.3
+ * frames. The driver needs to then handle the 802.11 encapsulation inside the
+ * hardware or firmware.
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @enable: indicate if the feature should be turned on or off
+ */
+bool ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool enable);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl - Get FILS discovery template.
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
+ *
+ * Return: FILS discovery template. %NULL on error.
+ */
+struct sk_buff *ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+						  struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl - Get unsolicited broadcast
+ *	probe response template.
+ * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ *
+ * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
+ *
+ * Return: Unsolicited broadcast probe response template. %NULL on error.
+ */
+struct sk_buff *
+ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+					  struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify userland about a BSS color
+ * collision.
+ *
+ * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
+ * @color_bitmap: a 64 bit bitmap representing the colors that the local BSS is
+ *	aware of.
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void
+ieee80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				      u64 color_bitmap, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_is_tx_data - check if frame is a data frame
+ *
+ * The function is used to check if a frame is a data frame. Frames with
+ * hardware encapsulation enabled are data frames.
+ *
+ * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
+ */
+static inline bool ieee80211_is_tx_data(struct sk_buff *skb)
+{
+	struct ieee80211_tx_info *info = IEEE80211_SKB_CB(skb);
+	struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (void *) skb->data;
+
+	return info->flags & IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP ||
+	       ieee80211_is_data(hdr->frame_control);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_set_active_links - set active links in client mode
+ * @vif: interface to set active links on
+ * @active_links: the new active links bitmap
+ *
+ * This changes the active links on an interface. The interface
+ * must be in client mode (in AP mode, all links are always active),
+ * and @active_links must be a subset of the vif's valid_links.
+ *
+ * If a link is switched off and another is switched on at the same
+ * time (e.g. active_links going from 0x1 to 0x10) then you will get
+ * a sequence of calls like
+ *  - change_vif_links(0x11)
+ *  - unassign_vif_chanctx(link_id=0)
+ *  - change_sta_links(0x11) for each affected STA (the AP)
+ *    (TDLS connections on now inactive links should be torn down)
+ *  - remove group keys on the old link (link_id 0)
+ *  - add new group keys (GTK/IGTK/BIGTK) on the new link (link_id 4)
+ *  - change_sta_links(0x10) for each affected STA (the AP)
+ *  - assign_vif_chanctx(link_id=4)
+ *  - change_vif_links(0x10)
+ *
+ * Note: This function acquires some mac80211 locks and must not
+ *	 be called with any driver locks held that could cause a
+ *	 lock dependency inversion. Best call it without locks.
+ */
+int ieee80211_set_active_links(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 active_links);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_set_active_links_async - asynchronously set active links
+ * @vif: interface to set active links on
+ * @active_links: the new active links bitmap
+ *
+ * See ieee80211_set_active_links() for more information, the only
+ * difference here is that the link change is triggered async and
+ * can be called in any context, but the link switch will only be
+ * completed after it returns.
+ */
+void ieee80211_set_active_links_async(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
+				      u16 active_links);
+
+#endif /* MAC80211_H */